Professional Documents
Culture Documents
00
P 1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
2.01.00 C0NTENTS
2.01.01 GENERAL
2.01.02 WEIGHT AND LOADING
2.01.03 AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
2.01.04 POWER PLANT
2.01.05 SYSTEMS
2.01.06 TCAS
2.01.07 FMS
2.01.08 CABIN LIGHTING
2.01.09 TAWS
2.01.10 COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM (if installed)
Mod 5948
APR 11
cs
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.01
P2 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
The corresponding positive accelerations limit the bank angle in turns and the severity
of pull up maneuvers.
Do not operate cargo door with a cross wind component of more than 45 kt.
DISPATCHABILITY
For dispatch in the event of equipment failure or missing equipment refer to MEL/CDL.
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.02
P1 700
WEIGHT AND LOADING APR 11
AA
MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB
TAXI 22 970 50 640
TAKE OFF 22 800 50 265
LANDING 22 350 49 273
ZERO FUEL 20 800 45 856
The limits of center of gravity are given in percentage of the mean aerodynamic chord
(MAC), landing gear extended.
Station O is located 2.362 meters (92.99 inches) forward of the fuselage nose.
The distance from station 0 to reference chord leading edge is 13.604 meters
(535.59 inches).
- A possible toppling over should be taken into account from seven persons moving near
the rear part of an off loading aircraft.
MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB
TAXI 23170 51080
TAKE OFF 23000 50705
LANDING 22350 49273
ZERO FUEL 21000 46296
The limits of center of gravity are given in percentage of the mean aerodynamic chord
(MAC), landing gear extended.
Station O is located 2.362 meters (92.99 inches) forward of the fuselage nose.
The distance from station 0 to reference chord leading edge is 13.604 meters
(535.59 inches).
- A possible toppling over should be taken into account from seven persons moving near
the rear part of an off loading aircraft.
AIRSPEEDS
* MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED.
This limit must not be intentionnaly exceeded in any flight regime.
VMO = 250 kt
MMO = 0.55
VRA= 180 kt
VWO = 160 kt
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.03
P2 001
AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS APR 11
AA
CAS (KT)
V1 LIMITED BY VMCG
CAS (KT)
VMCA
ROFA--02--01--03--004--A500AA
VMCL
Flaps VMCL (CAS)
30 98 kt
15 98 kt
Altitude Zp (ft)
Runway status: 1: dry runway, 2:wet up to 3mm depth, 3 (TO only): slush or water from 3 to
6mm depth, 4 (TO only):slush or water from 6 to 12.7mm depth,
5: slush or water from 3 to 12.7mm depth, 6: compact snow, 7: ice
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.04
P1 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
ENGINES
ENGINE PARAMETERS
Operating limits with no unscheduled maintenance action required.
Beyond these limits, refer to maintenance manual.
TRANSIENT 5s 120
20 mn 140
During RESERVE TAKE OFF, TQ indication may exceed 100 % but not 106.3 %.
(*) ITT limite depends on outside air temperature; refer to 2.01.04 P 3 for detailed
information.
(**) Value linked to 100 % NP.
(***) - RTO: Time beyond 5 mn is linked to actual single engine operations only.
- MCT rating is the max power certified for continuous use. In-- flight emergencies
are the only conditions for which MCT use is authorized.
(****) Up to 75 % NH only.
(*****) Permissible for completion of flight provided TQ does not exceed 75.2 %
during climb and 73.13 % during cruise.
(1), (2), (3), (4) : see page 4.
Note : Flight with an engine running and the propeller feathered is not permitted.
ITT LIMITS
IN FLIGHT OPERATION
USE OF NP SETTING BELOW 82 % IN ICING CONDITIONS IS PROHIBITED
ATR airplanes are protected against a positioning of power levers below the flight idle
stops in flight by an IDLE GATE device. It is reminded that any attempt to override
this protection is prohibited. Such positioning may lead to loss of airplane control or
may result in an engine overspeed condition and consequent loss of engine power.
GROUND OR FLIGHT
STARTER
3 STARTS WITH A 1 MINUTE 30 SECONDS MAXIMUM COMBINED STARTER
RUNNING TIME, FOLLOWED BY 4 MINUTES OFF
OIL SYSTEM
Approved lubricating oils
- Approved anti icing additives (maximum concentration allowed : 0.15 % per volume) :
- Philips PFA 55 MB
- MIL-- I-- 27 686 D
- Ethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether as defined in MIL-- I-- 27 686 E.
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.04
P6 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
REFUELING
USABLE FUEL
UNBALANCE
FEEDING
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.05
P1 030
SYSTEMS APR 11
AA
AIR - PRESSURIZATION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LANDING GEAR
OXYGEN
INSTRUMENTS MARKINGS
FLAPS
Holding with any flaps extended is prohibited in icing conditions (except for single
engine operations);
ICING CONDITIONS
-- All icing detection lights must be operative prior to flight into icing conditions at
night.
-- The ice detector must be operative for flight into icing conditions.
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.06
P1 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS
LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Part 2.01 are applicable with the addition of the following:
1-- TCAS operation is approved for use in VFR meteorological conditions (VMC) and
IFR meteorological conditions (IMC).
2-- The pilot must not initiate evasive maneuvers using information from the traffic
display only or from a traffic advisory (TCAS TA) only.
These displays and advisories are intended only for assistance in visually locating
the traffic and lack the resolution necessary for use in evasive maneuvering.
3-- Compliance with TCAS resolution advisory is required unless the pilot considers it
unsafe to do so.
However, maneuvers which are in the opposite direction of the resolution advisory
(TCAS RA) are extremely hazardous and are prohibited unless it is visually
determined they are the only means to assure safe separation.
CAUTION : Once a non crossing RA has been issued the vertical speed should be
accurately adjusted to comply with the RA, in order to avoid negating
the effectiveness of a co-- ordinated maneuvre by the intruder.
4-- Evasive maneuvring should be made with the autopilot disengaged, and limited to
the minimum required to comply with the RA. The pilot must promptly return to the
previous ATC clearance when the TCAS “CLEAR OF CONFLICT” voice message is
announced.
5-- Prior to perform RA’s climb or increase climb, the crew should select the appropriate
engine power setting on the power MGT rotary selector.
6-- When a climb or increase climb RA occurs with the airplane in the landing
configuration or in the go-- around phase, a normal procedure of go-- around should
be followed including the appropriate power increase and configuration changes.
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.06
P2 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS (CONT’D)
7-- Because of the limited number of inputs to TCAS for determination of aircraft
performance inhibits, there are instances where inhibiting RAs would be
appropriate, however it is not possible to do so. In these cases, TCAS may command
maneuvers which may significantly reduce stall margins or result in stall warning.
Conditions where this may occur include operations with a bank angle (wings level is
assumed), weight, altitude and temperature combinations outside those noted
below, leaving aircraft in landing configuration during climb RA on approach, engine
out operations, and abnormal configurations such as landing gear not retracted or
stick pusher/shaker failure.
The table below entitled “Flight Envelope in which climb resolution advisory can be
accomplished without stick pusher/shaker activation” outlines the parameters used
in the development of the performance inhibits. This table does not consider worst
turboprop flight conditions especially operations using minimum operating
airspeeds as are sometimes required (e.g. obstacle clearance, ATC constraints). In
all cases, stall warning must be given precedence over climb RA commands.
NOTE : TCAS is viewed as a supplement to the pilot who, with the aid of the
ATC system, has the primary responsibility for avoiding mid-- air
collisions.
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.06
P3 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS (CONT’D)
- Enroute 0 25000 ft
Altitude range - Take off 0 6000 ft
- Approach and landing 0 7000 ft
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.06
P4 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS (CONT’D)
8-- Inhibition schemes
8.1-- Non icing conditions
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.06
P5 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS (CONT’D)
NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Part 2.03 are applicable.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Part 2.04 are applicable.
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
The procedures following failures in Part 2.05 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
The TCAS must be turned TA ONLY in the following cases:
- Engine out operations
- Stick pusher/shaker failure
- Flight with landing gear down
The TCAS must be turned STBY in the following cases:
- ATC request
PERFORMANCES
The performances in Part 3 are applicable.
Mod 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.07
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM P1 100
FMS APR 11
AA
1 -- GENERAL
The FMS:
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C115B,
- is installed in compliance with, AC 20--130A for navigation use.
- has been demonstrated to meet primary means of navigation in oceanic/remote
areas in accordance with FAA Notice 8400.12B or equivalent in dual GPS
configuration.
- has been demonstrated to meet the En-- route continental B-- RNAV
requirements of AMC 20--4 or equivalent in single GPS configuration.
- has been demonstrated to meet the P--RNAV requirements of JAA TGL no10.
- has been demonstrated to meet the RNAV (GNSS) non--precision approach
requirement and RNP APCH AMC 20-- 27 specification in single GPS
configuration.
2 -- LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an operational
approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft operators must apply to
their Authority for such an approval/authorization.
- The FMS pilot’s guide must be available on board.
- The approval of the system is based on the assumption that the navigation
database has been validated for intended use.
- In single GPS configuration, the system is approved for use for oceanic and
remote operations when only one long range navigation system is required.
- This system is approved for RNAV En--route continental (B--RNAV) and RNAV
terminal area operations like RNAV SID/STAR (P--RNAV).
NOTE : This system is approved in any of the following configurations: AP
coupling, FD only or raw data (HSI information).
- This system is also approved as a supplemental navigation means for
conventional En--route continental operations, conventional terminal operations
(SID/STAR) and conventional non--precision approach (e.g. NDB, VOR/DME,
LOC,...) provided :
S Approved navigation equipments, other than GNSS, required for the
route to be flown are installed and operational.
S When the system is used to fly non--precision approach not promulgated
as RNAV (GNSS) approach or when procedure coordinates
(SID/STAR, Approach) cannot be guaranteed as WGS84, raw data
(conventional navigation information) are displayed to verify the correct
RNAV (GNSS) guidance.
2 . 01 . 07 -- FMS (CONT’D)
- This system is also approved as a supplemental navigation means for
conventional En--route continental operations, conventional terminal
operations (SID/STAR) and conventional non--precision approach (e.g. NDB,
VOR/DME, LOC,...) provided :
S Approved navigation equipments, other than GNSS, required for the
route to be flown are installed and operational.
S When the system is used to fly non--precision approach not promulgated
as RNAV (GNSS) approach or when procedure coordinates
(SID/STAR, Approach) cannot be guaranteed as WGS84, raw data
(conventional navigation information) are displayed to verify the correct
RNAV (GNSS) guidance.
- Both single and Dual GPS configurations are approved for RNAV (GNSS)
non--precision approach provided:
SThe crew respects the published MDA (without VNAV (VDEV) credit)
SThe published approach procedure is referenced to WGS84 coordinates
or equivalent.
SBefore starting the approach, crew checks that for dual configuration at
least one GNSS is operating without GPS INTEG (on ND) or for single
configuration GNSS is operating without GPS INTEG (on ND).
SAPPR annunciation must be displayed in green on PFD for final approach.
NOTE : Pilots intending to conduct an RNP APCH procedure must fly the full
leg starting from IAF otherwise the system will not switch to APPR
mode (RNP and EHSI scale will remain at 1NM)
SRNAV (GNSS) non--precision approaches are performed only if a
non--GNSS approach procedure is available at destination or at alternate
destination.
SRNAV (GNSS) non--precision approaches must be aborted in case of GPS
INTEG on ND or UNABLE RNP on ND, and /or GPS or RNP annunciator on
MCDU.
annunciation on EHSI and/or UNABLE RNP message on MCDU
affecting the RNAV (GNSS) used for guidance.
SApproved navigation equipments, other than RNAV(GNSS), required for
the approach to be flown (at destination and at any required alternate
airport) are installed and operational.
NOTE : ILS, LOC, LOC BC, LDA, SDF and MLS approaches are not covered.
- The RNAV (GNSS) system can be used as advisory Baro--VNAV system.
NOTE : VDEV function must be permanently cross--checked by conventional
means (primary altimeters displays)
- If GNSS must be used in oceanic/remote area, B--RNAV (if DME are not
available), P--RNAV or for approach phases, the availability of the GPS integrity
(RAIM or FDE functions) must be checked by the operator using prediction tool
available in the GNSS during the pre--flight planning phase or any other
approved tool.
-
R 2 -- LIMITATIONS (CONT’D)
FMS predictions: Distance, time and fuel prediction deviations have been quantified
as follows:
S Climb: in the range ISA --20 to ISA +20, prediction deviations are lower than
10% and decrease to zero during climb . Outside this range, they could be
greater than 10% and decrease to zero during climb.
S Cruise: prediction deviations are lower than 5% in the whole environmental
envelope.
S Descent: prediction deviations are lower than 5% in the whole
environmental envelope.
The general cabin illumination system must be used during not less than 15 minutes
before each flight.
Mod : 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.09
P 1 001
TAWS APR 11
TAWS
1. Navigation is not to be predicated on the use of the terrain display.
3.The current local QNH must be entered in the Pilot’s altimeter for proper terrain
alerting.
Mod : 5948
LIMITATIONS 2.01.10
P 1 200
COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM APR 11
AA
Note : If the flight crew does not take any action after the routine cabin request, the
cabin crew will be able to open the door by using the emergency access procedure.
Daily Check
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
On the DOOR CALL PANEL
- EMER PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
In the cockpit :
- Check buzzer
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
H If correct :
In the cockpit :
- TOGGLE SW on COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . DENY
- Check buzzer stops
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes
On the DOOR CALL PANEL
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes and DENIED LIGHT illuminates
H If correct :
- TOGGLE SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THE MANUAL LOCK BOLT(S)
COCKPIT DOOR OPERATION : OPENING THE COCKPIT DOOR FROM THE CABIN
CABIN CREW ROUTINE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REQUEST on the Door Call Panel
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESS CALL PB
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STAND IN COCKPIT DOOR AXIS
The cabin crew should stand in the axis of the cockpit door.
A buzzer sounds in the cockpit.
H If entry is not authorized by the flight crew :
The flight crew denies the entry request via the DOOR TOGGLE SW.
The Door Call Panel red light comes ON steady, and indicates that the door is locked.
Emergency access, the buzzer, and the Door Call Panel are inhibited for 3 minutes.
H If entry is authorized by the flight crew :
The flight crew unlocks the door via the DOOR TOGGLE SW.
The Door Call Panel green light comes ON steady, and indicates that the door is
unlocked.
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL the DOOR RIGHT PANEL to OPEN
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNLOCK the LEFT PANEL and PULL to OPEN
The door left panel is unlocked by moving the handle located in the cockpit side on the
door left panel
H If there is no reaction from the flight crew :
CABIN CREW SECOND ACCESS REQUEST . . . . . . REQUEST on the Door Call Panel
Repeat the above procedure.
H If there is no reaction from the flight crew after a second request :
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALL THE COCKPIT
To establish contact with the flight crew and request access to the cockpit.
H If there is no reaction from the flight crew after a cabin crew interphone call :
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESS THE EMERGENCY PB
Rotate the protecting plate and press the EMER PB. A buzzer sounds continuously in
the cockpit for 30 seconds, and the green light flashes on the Door Call Panel. After 30
seconds, the green light comes ON steady and the cabin crew can then pull the door
right panel to open and the buzzer stops.
This indicates that the door is unlocked for 10 seconds.
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL the DOOR RIGHT PANEL to OPEN
CABIN CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNLOCK the LEFT PANEL and PULL to OPEN
The door left panel is unlocked by moving the handle located in the cockpit side on the
door left panel
2.02.00 CONTENTS
2.02.01 OPERATING SPEEDS
2.02.02 DATA CARD
2.02.03 AIR
2.02.04 AFCS
2.02.05 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2.02.06 FLIGHT CONTROLS
2.02.07 FUEL SYSTEM
2.02.08 ADVERSE WEATHER
2.02.09 LANDING GEAR/BRAKES
2.02.10 FLIGHT PATTERNS
2.02.11 POWER PLANT
2.02.12 FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS
2.02.13 Reserved
2.02.14 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.02.15 TCAS
2.02.16 TAWS
2.02.17 Reserved
2.02.18 FMS
2.02.19 HIGH LATITUDES OPERATIONS
2.02.20 Reserved
2.02.21 MPC Multi Purpose Computer
2.02.22 ACARS Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (*)
2.02.23 VIDEO CABIN SYSTEM (*)
2.02.24 DU, General Philosophy of use
R 2.02.25 ADS- B Out (*) : if installed
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.01
P1 100
OPERATING SPEEDS FEB 12
AA
GENERAL
- Older certification rules used as a reference the minimum speed which was recorded
during defined stall penetration.
This speed was established with a load factor lower than 1g. It was used as reference for all
operational speeds.
(example V2 = 1.2 Vsmin, VREF = 1.3 Vsmin).
- New certification now uses as a reference THE ONE G STALL SPEED VSR which is
typically 6 % greater than Vsmin.
- In order to provide the same practical maneuver margin, the factors applied to VSR
have been changed to reflect the increased value of VSR relative to Vsmin.
- The ATR 72-- 212A having been certificated to the new rules, the reference stalling
speed called VSR is determined as a one G stall speed and the new (reduced) factors
apply accordingly.
- MAN speed: (displayed in cyan on PFD speed scale) is the pilot manual selected
speed.
DEFINITIONS
VMCG Minimum control speed on the ground from which a sudden failure of the
critical engine can be controlled by use of primary flight controls only, with the
other engine operating at RTO power.
V1 Speed at which the pilot can make a decision following failure of critical
engine:
. either to continue take-- off
. or to stop the aircraft
V2 Take off safety speed reached before 35 ft height with one engine failed and
providing second segment climb gradient not less than the minimum (2.4 %).
VMCA Minimum control speed in flight at which the aircraft can be controlled with
5° bank, in case of failure of the critical engine with the other engine at RTO
power (take off flaps setting and gear retracted.)
VMCL Minimum flight speed at which aircraft can be controlled with 5° bank in case of
failure of the critical engine, the other being set at GA power (landing flaps
setting, gear extended) and which provides rolling capability specified by
regulations.
Vmin OPS Minimal flight speed according to flying conditions and aircraft configuration.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.01
P3 001
OPERATING SPEEDS APR 11
AA
Minimum maneuver/ operating speeds are defined in order to provide sufficient margin
against stall. They will vary with :
They are defined by a minimum ratio to the appropriate stall speed given in FCOM
2.01.03 or by V2 when applicable.
NORMAL CONDITIONS
FLAPS VmHB VmLB
0 1.18 VSR
15 1.23 VSR and not less than V2
VMCL during approach
30 Not used
Note : Refer to 2.02.08 for icing conditions.
UTILIZATION
- VMLB is the absolute minimum maneuver speed.
This speed
* is used for take off, and initial climb.
* must be used EN ROUTE FOR OBSTACLE LIMITED SITUATIONS (refer to chapter
3.09)
* should be used in flaps 0 configuration to obtain the best climb gradient.
- VmHB is the minimum speed used for approach. It also provides the best two engines
rate of climb.
In this case, bank angle must be restricted to 30° .
The speeds and bank angles are automatically calculated by the FMS according to weight
and atmospheric conditions and displayed on the PFDs. These speeds are also available
in a pilot oriented manner as operating data booklet in the Quick Reference Handbook, in
which relevant maneuver/operating speeds are directly given for all weights.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.01
P4 100
OPERATING SPEEDS NOV 14
AA
They cover all weight, for high bank operational maneuver, at all flight condition ( normal
and icing condition)
R Normal conditions : 1.23 VSR flaps 15° or 1.1 VMCA whichever is higher.
R Icing conditions : 1.24 VSR flaps 15° or 1.1 VMCA whichever is higher.
Mod : 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.03
P2 080
AIR FEB 12
AA
AIR CONDITIONING
When operating from airfields with high OAT, it is essential to cooldown the cabin
before boarding passengers: this is best achieved by use of a ground conditioning
unit, but may also be done through the use of Hotel Mode, and in that case the following
R considerations will be applied :
- as soon as OAT exceeds 22° C and aircraft has remained exposed to direct sun,
PRE-- CONDITIONING becomes necessary for passengers comfort, prior to boarding;
- If for any reasons, it has not been possible to bring cabin temperature down to
comfortable values prior to boarding, the following considerations will apply :
⋅ Switch FLOW selection to NORM prior to take-- off, but keep bleeds on, unless
performance limited.
⋅ As soon as CLB POWER is selected after take off, select HI FLOW and maintain HI
FLOW until comfortable cabin temp is obtained.
⋅ During cruise, monitor cabin temp when operating in NORM FLOW : if cabin temp
tends to increase again above comfortable values, use HI FLOW as necessary.
TEMP CONTROL
- When in manual mode, monitor duct temperature and adjust rotary selector to maintain
positive duct temp : this is essential to avoid pack freezing.
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P1 001
AFCS FEB 12
AA
GENERAL
The ATR 72 with Mod 5948 is equipped with a Thales AutoPilot/Flight Director.
Systematic use of AP/FD is recommended in order to :
- Increase the accuracy of guidance and tracking in all weather conditions, from early
climb after take off down to landing minima.
- Provide increased passenger comfort through SMOOTH AND REPEATABLE altitude
and heading changes in all atmospheric conditions.
- Reduce crew workload and increase safety.
Note : - FD ON/OFF push buttons, one on Left side and one on Right side act
only on FD DISPLAYS (FD Bars)
Left push button allows selection/deselection on Left side only. Right
push button allows selection/deselection on Right side only.
- STBY push button on FGCP deactivates all active and armed upper
modes.
- If Auto Pilot is ON, Basic Mode with associated bars are displayed.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P2 100
AFCS FEB 12
AA
D The references to be flown may be coupled to left or right side by the CPL push button.
Changes of CPL side while coupled to VOR, LOC, or LNAV will revert to basic mode.
D Modes are engaged (green indication on FMA) or armed (Cyan indication on FMA) by
action on the relevant push button on FGCP.
FMA must be monitored for actual state of modes of AP/YD :
A second push on the push button associated to a mode already
engaged (or armed) disengages (or disarms) it and revert to basic
mode.
Lateral mode revert to ”Heading Hold”, Vertical mode revert to ”Pitch
Hold”
D ALT SEL mode is automatically armed as soon as the flight path is directed towards
the altitude set on PFD via FGCP. All altitudes clearance given by ATC should
systematically be set on PFD via FGCP to ensure automatic level off when AP is
engaged (or FD followed in case of manual fliying).
Note : After ALT mode has been engaged, the aircraft remains in level flight on the new
barometric setting.
D When HDG changes are performed, maximum bank angle is automatically selected
by the system. If the aicraft is below 1000ft or if IAS<VmHB, the AFCS system can
command at most 15°. Otherwise the system can command 27°.
This allows AFCS maneuvring in all conditions, including early climb after take-- off or go
around where speed may be down to Vmin OPS (Vm LB).
Note : The Yaw AutoTrim function allows the AFCS to control the airplane in case of
engine failure inside all the airspeed domain.
D LATERAL TRIM with auto-- pilot engaged
- Trim on ROLL axis is inhibited when there is no RETRIM ROLL request set on FMA..
- As there is an auto-- trim on PITCH and YAW axis, no trim is required during the flight in
normal condition (without engine failure or aircraft dissymetry), in specific condition
the autopilot will indicate only roll out of trim.
- If roll trim is required : a message :
“RETRIM ROLL L(R) WING DOWN” is displayed on FMA, and on the roll trim indicator
a cyan arrow indicating in wich direction (left/right) trim is required.
- If excessive lateral trim increased and last, or AILERON MISTRIM message is
displayed on FMA :
⋅ DISCONNECT AP, HOLDING FIRMLY THE CONTROLS.
⋅ FLY MANUALLY PRIOR TO ADJUSTING LATERAL TRIMS.
⋅ The auto pilot may be reengaged following adjustment of the lateral trims.
- If If Yaw AutoTrim is failed, the system can request yaw trim with the following message
:”RETRIM AIRCRAFT NOSE LEFT/RIGHT” is displayed on FMA, and on the yaw trim
indicator a cyan arrow indicating in wich direction left/right trim is required.
D AUTO PILOT/YD DISCONNECT
Auto pilot may be disconnected by :
- Quick disconnect push buttons on each control wheel
- Action on normal or STBY Pitch Trims
- AP push button on FGCP
- YD push button on FGCP
- GA push buttons on Power Levers
- Pilot input on left or right rudder pedals over 30 daN (66 lb)
- Pilot input on the control column (push or pull on pitch axis) over 10 daN (22 lb)
CAUTION : Overriding the Autopilot on roll axis will not lead to A/P disconnection.
The QUICK DISCONNECT push button is recommended for all normal AP disengagement
as it leaves the YD engaged.
A second push on the QUICK DISCONNECT pb will also cancel both audio and visual
AUTO PILOT OFF warnings.
Depressing the TCS push-- button allows to regain temporary manual control of the aircraft
without disconnecting the AP.
D TASK sharing
- Both FD ON
- First cleared altitude set on PFD.
- HDG bug checked on RWY HDG.
- NAV Mode may be armed if SID is available in FMS.
- IAS mode selected with AUTO mode (the FMS commands automatically V2+5).
D TAKE OFF
- Turn may be initiated as required using HDG sel knob or according to LNAV Mode.
- When acceleration altitude is reached, setting CLB Power according to standard
climb procedure increases the speed Bug automatically to climb speed if in SPEED
BUG AUTO Mode.
If in SPEED BUG MAN Mode, the speed Bug must be set to required climb speed
through the speed target selector on ICP.
• CLIMB
Use IAS mode with climb speed set through the speed target selector on the ICP. IAS
should be preferred to VS mode, unless a vertical speed constraint is given by ATC.
R
CAUTION : The crew must always monitor IAS carefully , especially in VS and PITCH
modes as well as during ALT* phase.
Notes : 1. During climb in VS or PITCH mode with a rate exceeding the aircraft performance
the airspeed will continuously decrease.
2. When climbing in turbulences and/or vertical wind gradient conditions. ALT* mode
can be engaged with a VS exceeding the A/C performance capability , and then IAS
may significantly decrease before reaching the selected Altitude.
3. In both cases , AP will disengage automatically when stall alert is activated.
• LEVEL OFF
- Level off is automatic when reaching the selected altitude.
- Power must be adjusted to the new condition.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P6 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
D NAVIGATION
HDG and NAV mode for VOR approach are used as required (Refer to FCOM 1.04)
Before approach :
Note :
- LOC beam capture must be started (LOC* green on FMA before GS capture can take
place).
- LOC beam capture may lead to one initial overshoot when the capture conditions are
severe (Intercept Heading = RWY HDG ¦ 90°, high IAS, reduced distance to the ILS
transmitter), but, provided the distance is at least 5 Nm at the standard instrument
capture speed of 180 Kts, this initial overshoot will be followed by an asymptotic
capture without further oscillation, even with a 90° intercept angle.
- The bank angle limit is automatically set following speed versus VMHB (15° or 27°).
- When LOC capture is started:
Set RWY HDG with HDG bug
Set ILS frequency and set/check V/ILS source (on FGCP) on PM
side, check ILS course on PM side
- When GLIDE beam capture (G/S* green on FMA):
First Check glide validity (according approach chart)
Set Go around altitude
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P7 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
D GO AROUND
When reaching decision height, or missed approach point after level off at MDA, if
required visual references are not established, a go-- around must be initiated.
The following procedure is recommended :
PF PM
(if no visual reference) - Announce “Minimum”
- Announce”GO AROUND,
FLAPS ONE NOTCH, SET POWER”
- Depress GA pbs on PLs
- Advance PLs to the ramp
- Rotate to GO AROUND - Retract FLAPS one notch
pitch attitude - Check NP= 100 %, adjust
- Follow FD bars and cancel if necessary
AP Disconnect Alarm
- Accelerate to or maintain When positive rate of climb is
VGA (2-- 02-- 01 p4) achieved :
- Announce “Positive rate”
- Command “GEAR UP“ - Set gear up
When climb is stabilized :
- Command “HDG/IAS“ - Engage HDG and IAS MODE on FGCP
Engage AUTO PILOT (if in IAS MODE+SPEED BUG AUTO
mode IAS Bug is automaticaly set to Go
Around speed
If in IAS mode+SPEED BUG MAN
mode, IAS Bug must be set manualy to
Go Around speed)
Note : GO AROUND mode gives (as a FD mode only):
- on pitch axis, a target attitude compatible with single engine performance.
- on roll axis, a steering command to maintain heading followed at GA
engagement or the FMS flight PLAN if LNAV was previously engaged.
As soon as climb is firmly established, and IAS>VminOPS use of HDG SEL / IAS
MODE+ Speed AUTO mode is recommended.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P8 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
CAT 2 OPERATIONS
" GENERAL
CAT 2 approaches are flown with AP + FD ON.
" EQUIPEMENT REQUIRED
Approach with AP
Autopilot 1
COURSE rotary selector 2
AP quick disconnect 1 (PF side)
AP OFF warning (aural) 1
ILS receiver 2
AHRS 2
IESI 1
PFD 2
Radio altimeter 1 (with 2 displays)
DH indicator 2
GA pushbutton 1 (PF side)
Windshield wipers 1 (PF side)
Yaw damper 1
ADC 2
Hydraulic system Blue + Green
DC: BUS1 / BUS2 / EMER / STBY / ESS ;
Electrical system
AC: BUS1 / BUS2 / STBY ; ACW: BUS1 / BUS2
MFC modules 3
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P9 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
Maximum demonstrated crosswind:
AutoPilot
Headwind 29 kt
Tailwind 10 kt
Crosswind 17 kt
... / ...
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P 10 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
J Before capture
D PF has to perform the following tasks:
- NAVAIDS set to ILS frequency, ADF set as required.
- CRS set to final approach course.
- APP armed.
- SPEED BUG AUTO mode recommanded.
D PM has to perform the following task:
- NAVAIDS and ADF set as required
J From capture to decision height
Note: The call-- outs are written in bold with “ ...”.
Tasks and call- outs
CAT 2 events
PF PNF
Localizer capture “LOC STAR” - Set runway HDG
- Set ILS freq
- Set/check V/ILS source (on
FGCP)
- Set/check ILS CRS
- Check CAT 2 on FMA
Glide slope cap- “GS STAR” Set GA altitude
ture Check GA altitude
Mod. : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P 11 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
50 ft RA “50”
20 ft RA “20”
Reduce PL and flare
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.04
P 12 001
AFCS APR 11
AA
D If APP P/B is engaged without an ILS frequency tuned on the coupled side, the APP
mode will not arm and the FMA will display a caution message : “CHCK NAV SRC”. In
this case, tune ILS and reengage APP mode.
D As soon as LOC“*” mode is displayed, the approach capability (as seen by
the AFCS computer), will be displayed on FMA (CAT I or CAT II).
D TRACK phase, for both LOC and GS (indicated by LOC and GS green without *)take
place automatically when the aircraft is on the beam. The transition to DUAL CPL
intervenes at 1200ft.
The standard deceleration procedure described above, normally allows to
reach 800 ft RA after LOC and GS TRACK phases have been achieved. If
it is not the case (excessive initial speed, etc.), new proper capture has to
be made. If late capture, the dual coupling engagement is impossible.
D Excess deviation is armed :
- below 300 ft for LOC
- between 300 ft and 100 ft for GS.
Any excess deviation appearance must be announced by PM (call “DEVIATION”).
This call must lead to :
- AP disconnection by PF
- Go around decision if visual references are not sufficient.
D AP/FD behaviour must be permanently monitored by PM. In case of anomaly
(sustained input not justified by LOC and GS deviations , excessive attitude*), the
PM must immediately call “ GUIDANCE ”.
This call must lead to :
-- AP disconnection by PF
- Go around decision if visual references are not sufficient.
* excessive attitude means
bank angle > 10°
pitch attitude < --4°
> +4°
Mod : 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.06
P1 001
FLIGHT CONTROLS APR 11
ATR 72 is equipped with classical mechanical primary flight controls on all three axis.
The following peculiarities must be highlighted :
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.06
P2 001
FLIGHT CONTROLS APR 11
AA
PITCH : Both elevators are connected through a pitch uncoupling device, in order to
leave sufficient controllability in case of mechanical jamming of one control surface.
- requires heavy forces (52 daN/114 Ibs) to be applied to the control columns,
which minimizes the risk of untimely disconnection.
- indicated to the crew through the red warning « PITCH DISC » on the EWD.
- allows the flight to be safely achieved : refer to procedures following failures.
Note 1 : WHEN PITCH DISCONNECT takes place WITHOUT REAL JAMMING, speed
has to be limited to 180 kt and bank angle to 30° until flaps extension to avoid
overstressing the stabilizer.
Note 2 : The TWO yokes must be held once the aircraft is landed.
Conditions:
- Aircraft on ground and electrically powered.
- Both elevators disconnected.
- Red PITCH DISC alarm illuminated steady on EWD.
Procedure:
- Engage GUST LOCK and check both columns are locked.
- Depress and hold ELEV CLUTCH guarded pb (see 1.09.30) until PITCH DISC
flashes red on EWD.
- Release ELEV CLUTCH pb. After a few seconds, PITCH DISC extinguishes on EWD.
- Check both columns are effectively coupled.
Mod. :5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.06
P3 001
FLIGHT CONTROLS APR 11
ROLL :
Flight controls are connected to the ailerons through the spring tabs, therefore,
maintaining the flight controls to neutral on the ground would not prevent the ailerons
from oscillating in case of strong tail wind (> 30 kt).
Therefore, in strong wind conditions it is recommended :
- to disengage the gust lock only when necessary before take off,
- after landing, to engage the gust lock before a turn that would expose the aircraft to
a tail wind component.
If aileron lock is not available, it is easier to maintain the ailerons fully deflected.
D Aileron trim :
Ailerons forces trimming is obtained by shifting the zero position of the left aileron
spring tab : this means that AILERON TRIM INDICATOR is only representative of the
differential loading of the spring tab and not of the aileron position.
Mod. : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.06
P4 100
FLIGHT CONTROLS FEB 12
YAW: The rudder incorporates several particular features.
The yaw damper provides in addition a sideslip cancellation function: its goal is to
keep the side slip indication centered. To automatically reducedl the sustained rudder
effort induced, the AFCS provides a Yaw Auto Trim function, engaged as soon as the
Yaw Damper is engaged.
In order to let the rudder axis free for pilot inputs (engine failure) without the need to
disconnect the YAW DAMPER on the FGCP, a force sensor has been implemented
and any pilot force exceeding 30 daN/66 Ibs applied on rudder will cause the YD
disengagement.
In order to avoid exceeding structural loads on the rudder and vertical stabilizer, the
following recommendations must be observed.
1) THE RUDDER IS DESIGNED TO CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT, IN THE FOLLOWING
CIRCUMSTANCIES:
a) In normal operations, for directional control
- During the takeoff roll, especially in crosswind condition.
- During landing flare with crosswind, for decrab maneuver.
- During the landing roll.
- The rudder may be used as deemed necessary, for turn coordination to prevent
excessive sideslip.
In all these normal or abnormal circumstances, proper rudder maneuvers will not affect
the aircraft’s structural integrity.
2) RUDDER SHOULD NOT BE USED:
- To induce roll, except in the previous case( Aileron jam) or
- To counter roll, induced by any type of turbulence.
Whatever the airborne flight condition may be, aggressive, full or nearly full, opposite
rudder inputs must not be applied. Such inputs can lead to loads higher than the limit, or
possibly the ultimate loads and can result in structural damage or failure.
Note : Rudder reversals must never be incorporated into airline policy, including
so-- called “aircraft defensive maneuvers” to disable or incapacitate hijackers.
As far as dutch roll is concerned, yaw damper action (if selected) or RCU (Releasable
Centering Unit) are sufficient to adequately dampen dutch roll oscillations. The rudder
should not be used to complement the yaw damper action.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.07
P1 001
FUEL SYSTEM APR 11
AA
FUEL CROSSFEED
Allows feeding of 1 or 2 engines from either side tank, especially for fuel balancing.
PROCEDURE :
Intended tank to be used :
PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
When asymmetrical feeding is completed:
PUMPS both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X LINE
R Note: Each electrical pump is able to supply one engine in the whole flight
R envelope.
R One electrical pump and associated jet pump are able to supply both engines in
R the whole flight envelope.
R When X FEED is selected « in line », both electrical pumps are forced to run
R (both RUN lights illuminate green) as long as associated PUMP pb is selected
R ON.
CAUTION : When X FEED procedure is applied, some fuel transfer from the wing tank
where the pump is running to the other wing tank (where the pump is OFF)
may occur. This transfer is particularly noticeable at low power settings (X
FEED in Hotel mode is the worst case).
IN FLIGHT
Accurate readings require aircraft levelled without side slip and pitch attitude close to zero
degree.
ON GROUND
Accurate readings should be made with aircraft static (not taxiing) and fuel pumps running
for more than 4 minutes.
This procedure should be applied each time a comparative reading before and after flight
is intended with correlation to fuel used.
COMMENTS
- Fuel quantity indications are affected by excessive longitudinal and lateral attitudes
and accelerations.
- Fuel quantity indications are affected by the level of fuel in the feed tank. With pumps
running, the feed tanks are filled within a few minutes. This is the normal flight case.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P1 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
ICING
I - GENERAL
Icing conditions are defined as follows :
Mod 5948
APR 11
Accordingly, the minimum maneuver / operating speeds defined for normal (no icing)
conditions (refer to FCOM 2.02.21) will automatically be increased and must be
respected as long as “ICING AOA” is illuminated.
These new minimum speeds are called “MINIMUM ICING SPEEDS”. They are defined
further in paragraph B.
Mod: 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P4 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
They are defined by the following table where VSR is the non affected 1G stall speed
as given in 2.01.03.
CAUTION : For obstacle clearance, the en-- route configuration with engine failure is
FLAPS 15° at a minimum speed of 1.30 VSR if ice accretion is observed.
- Relevant MINIMUM ICING SPEEDS are displayed on the PFD as soon as the
”ICING AOA” is illuminated (refer to 1.10.22). The icing speeds can be found for
reference in the Quick Reference Handbook for all weights.
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P6 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
During operations with AP ON during climb and descent, vertical speed mode should not
be used unless the airspeed is carefully monitored.
The recommended procedure is to use IAS mode with a speed selected which is equal to
or greater than the appropriate minimum speed (VmLB or VmHB). If the selected speed is
below VmHB, the autopilot will automatically limit the bank angle to 15°.
Note : 1.These procedures are applicable TO ALL FLIGHT PHASES including take off.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P7 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
F ENG DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F MINIMUM Maneuver/Operating ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBSERVED
F BE ALERT TO SEVERE ICING DETECTION.
In case of severe icing, refer to 2.04.05.
Notes:1. When ice accretion is visually observed, DE ICERS MUST BE SELECTED and
maintained ON as long as icing conditions exist.
2. The ice detector may not detect certain ice accretion form (see FCOM
1.13.20).
D To check that the MODE SEL is AUTO, or that the MAN mode is selected
in accordance with SAT.
D To set CLs on 100 OVRD for continuous periods of not less than 5 minutes
in order to benefit from an increased centrifugal effect.
4. If ice accretion is seen by the detector with HORNS ANTI ICING and/or
AIRFRAME DE ICING still OFF, the ICING label will flash until corrective
actions are taken.
5. Engines de-- icing must be selected ON prior to airframe de-- icing to take
benefit of an immediate engines de-- icing.
If not, engines de-- icing will be effective 60 or 240 seconds later depending
on MODE SEL selection.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P8 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
001
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 10 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
G) SUMMARY
DEFINITIONS : . ICING CONDITIONS : See Definition page 1. There is a risk of
ice accretion.
. ICE ACCRETION : Ice is building up on the airframe. ICING amber
light illuminates and flashing yellow ICING message is displayed
on the FMA.
. RESIDUAL ICE : Some ice is remaining on the airframe. May be in
or out of icing conditions.
Mod : 5948
A
APR 11
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 12 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
... / ...
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 13 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
D) DETECTION
- During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the airplane is
certificated shall be determined by the following :
Severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a substantial part of the unheated
portion of either side window,
Note : This cue is visible after a very short exposure (about 30 seconds).
and / or
Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb,
and / or
The following secondary indications :
. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield.
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally observed
to collect ice.
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected areas.
. Accumulation of ice on the propeller spinner farther aft than normally observed.
- The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in-- flight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0°C ambient air temperature (SAT).
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0°C ambient
air temperature (SAT).
- The occurence of rain when SAT is below freezing temperature should always trigger
the alertness of the crew.
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 15 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
Mod 5948
FEB 12
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 17 001
ADVERSE WEATHER FEB 12
AA
CAUTION : Wing, tailplane, vertical and horizontal stabilizers, all control surfaces and
flaps should be clear of snow, frost and ice before take off.
PARTICULAR CASE : limited frost accretion on lower wing surfaces due to cold fuel
remaining and high ambient humidity.
As stated in the operational requirements, no person may take off an aircraft when
frost snow or ice is adhering to the wing, control surfaces or propeller of the aircraft.
FROST : frost is a light, powdery, crystalline ice which forms on the exposed
surfaces of a parked aircraft when the temperature of the exposed
surfaces is below freezing (while the free air temperature may beabove
freezing).
Frost degrades the airfoil aerodynamic characteristics. However, should the take
off be conducted with frost adhering to the lower surface of the wing, check the
following :
- The frost is located on the lower surface of the wing only.
- Frost thickness is limited to 2 mm.
- A visual check of the leading edge, upper surface of the wing, control surfaces
and propellers is performed to make certain that those surfaces are totally
cleared of ice.
- Performance decrement and procedures defined for take off in atmospheric
icing conditions are applied.
" DE ICING / ANTI ICING PROCEDURE
- External de-- /anti-- icing will be performed as close as possible from take-- off time in
order not to exceed the hold over time.
Type 1 (low viscosity) or type 2/4 (high viscosity) fluids are used for these operations.
The type 2/4 fluids are used for their anti icing qualities. As airflow increases the fluid is
spread through the elevator gap and over the lower surface of the elevator.
Depending on the brand of the fluid and the OAT, this phenomenon may temporarily
change the trim characteristics of the elevator by partially obstructing the elevator gap.
This may lead to a considerable increase in control forces necessary to rotate. This
effect is most pronounced when center of gravity is forward.
- To ensure the best possible tailplane de-- /anti-- icing, all along the fluid spraying, the
control columns must be firmly maintained on the forward stop together with the aileron
gust lock engaged.
- De-- /anti-- icing may be performed in Hotel mode provided BLEEDS are selected OFF.
If a de icing gantry is used, both engines must be shut down. For manual propeller de
icing, the engines must be shut down and air intake blanked or precaution taken not to
have de icing fluid in the air intake. No propeller blade should be located at 6 o’clock
position during this procedure.
Mod 5948
FEB 12
Mod 5948
Mod: 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 19 001
ADVERSE WEATHER FEB 12
AA
" TAXIING
- The standard single engine TAXI procedure may still be used provided the friction
coefficient remains at or above 0.3 (braking action medium, snowtam code 3) and
nose wheel steering is not used with too large deflections.
Note : If the OAT is very low, it may be necessary any way to start up engine 1 early
enough to get the necessary oil warm up time (refer to Note (3) above).
- For taxiing with the very low friction coefficients (icy taxiways, slush), it is
recommended to use both engines, limit nose wheel travel and use with differential
power as necessary.
SPECIAL CASE
If contaminant layer is significant enough to possibly accumulate in the brake area
during ground operation, brakes disks may join due to icing during the flight, leading to
possible tyres damages at subsequent landing. The following special procedure
should be applied during taxi before and as close as possible to take off.
Set 18% Torque on each engine and keep taxi speed down to a ”man pace” during
30 seconds using normal brakes with minimum use of nose wheel steering to ensure a
symmetrical warming up of the brakes.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 20 001
ADVERSE WEATHER FEB 12
AA
After the ground de icing/anti icing procedure, using type II/IV fluids, higher than
normal stick forces may be encountered. These control input forces may be more than
twice the normal take off force. This should not be interpreted as a ‘pitch jam‘ leading to
an unnecessary abort decision above V1. Although not systematic, this phenomenon
should be anticipated and discussed during pre-- take off briefing each time de
icing/anti icing procedures are performed. These increased pitch forces are strictly
limited to the rotation phase and disappear after take off.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 21 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
Landing
The recommended landing flap configuration is the same as the standard landing flap
setting, even with strong crosswind. Large flaps extension does not impair the
controllability in any manner. Moreover it minimizes the flare duration and allows a quicker
speed decrease down to the taxi speed.
General
Precautions or special instructions may be necessary depending on the force and
direction of the wind. The following FCOM pages deal with this subject :
Tail wind limit and demonstrated cross wind 2 01 03
Final approach speed and wind factor 2 02 01
Cat II maximum demonstrated wind 2 02 04
Parking aircraft orientation 2 02 03 and 2 03 20
Aileron spring tabs (when equipped) 2 02 06
Taxiing with strong wind 2 02 06
Take off run 2 02 12
Rejected take off 2 02 12
Hotel mode limitation 2 03 06 and 2 05 02
Taxiing with tail wind component 2 03 09
Ditching 2 04 05
NAC OVHT 2 05 02
ELEVATOR JAM 2 05 06
PITCH DISCONNECT 2 05 06
AILERON JAM 2 05 06
SPOILER JAM 2 05 06
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 22 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
AA
Windshear
This phenomenon may be defined as a notable change in wind direction and/or speed over
a short distance.
Windshear can be encountered in the vicinity of thunderstorms, into rain showers (even
without thunderstorms), during a frontal passage or on coastal airports (sea breeze
fronts).
Severe windshear encountered above 1000 feet, whilst unpleasant, can generally be
negociated safely. However if it is encountered below 500 feet on take off or
approach/landing it is potentially dangerous.
As far as possible this phenomenon must be avoided.
COMMENTS : 1. Leaving the gear down until the climb is established will allow to
absorb some energy on impact, should the microburst exceed the
aircraft capability to climb.
2. Ten degrees pitch attitude is the best compromise to ensure a
climbing path together with an acceptable maximum AOA.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 23 001
ADVERSE WEATHER APR 11
Volcanic ash abrades cockpit windows, airframe and flight surfaces. Any parts protruding
from airframe such as antennas, probes, ice detectors can be damaged and may be
rendered inoperable.
- The abrasion of the cockpit window reduces the pilot’s forward visibility. This can lead
to serious problems during landing phase.
- The abrasion damage of the wing or horizontal stabilizer leading edges can either
prevent the correct operation of the de-- icing boots or even detached parts of the boots
with subsequent drag increase.
- The abrasion damage of the landing lights can significantly reduce landing light
effectiveness.
- Damage to the antennas can lead to a complete loss of HF communications and a
degradation of VHF communications.
- Damage to the various sensors can seriously degrade the information available to the
pilot through the instrument.
Volcanic ash can obstruct probes and penetrate into air conditioning and equipment
cooling system. It can contaminates electrical and avionic units, fuel and hydraulic
system and smoke detection system.
- Pitot probe can be blocked by volcanic ash resulting in unreliable airspeed indications
or complete loss of airspeed indication in the cockpit.
Volcanic ash columns are highly charged electrically. The static charge on the aircraft
creates a ”cocoon” effect which may cause a temporary defection, or even complete loss
of VHF or HF communication with ground stations.
(.../...)
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.08
P 25 001
ADVERSE WEATHER DEC 13
6 - PROCEDURE
R Refer to Procedures Following Failure : Volcanish Ash Encounter ; 2.05.13 p005_001
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.09
P1 001
LANDING GEAR/BRAKES APR 11
AA
RUNWAY STATUS
The following table gives for take-- off and landing the equivalent runway status
corresponding to the braking action or the friction coefficient.
This runway status may be used for the computation of the performances.
EQUIVALENT RUNWAY
STATUS
BRAKING FRICTION TAKE- OFF LANDING
ACTION COEFFICIENT
GOOD 0,40 and above 1 1
GOOD/MEDIUM 0,39 to 0,36 2 2
MEDIUM 0,35 to 0,30 3/6 5/6
MEDIUM/POOR 0,29 to 0,26 4 5
POOR 0,25 and below 7 7
UNRELIABLE UNRELIABLE 8 8
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.09
P2 001
LANDING GEAR/BRAKES APR 11
AA
NORMAL TAXI
CAUTION : If blue hydraulic circuit is pressurized, nose wheel steering has to be
switched off for towing by a ground vehicle.
- The ATR 72 is particularly easy to taxi, and even on one engine, there are no
limitations to go either forward or rearward : this flexibility should be systematically
used and is reflected in the standard operating procedure which assumes HOTEL
MODE operation of engine 2 prior to and during passenger boarding followed by initial
taxi on engine 2 only (including back track if taxi backwards required).
This procedure is highly recommended as GI power is quite sufficient on one engine only
to perform all taxiing (OUT and IN) and very obviously reduces block fuel by an amount
which may become VERY SIGNIFICANT on large airports.
CAUTION : Start up of engine 1 should be performed in a portion of taxi where captain
workload is low enough to allow an efficient monitoring of the start up.
- Use of brakes during taxiing may be very much reduced by systematic use of a small
amount of reverse when deceleration is needed.
- Radius of turn with nose wheel steering is very good and does not require any braking
ON THE INNER WHEELS.
CAUTION : PIVOTING (Sharp turns) UPON A LANDING GEAR WITH FULLY BRAKED
WHEELS IS NOT ALLOWED, except in emergency.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.09
P3 001
LANDING GEAR/BRAKES APR 11
AA
EMERGENCY BRAKING
- Emergency braking has been made operationally easier by design of the parking brake
lever which incorporates an “EMER BRAKE” notch : when the parking brake lever
is set in this notch, the regulator delivers a limited pressure which :
D allows the use of EMER BRAKING for abort take-- off at max V1 or at touch down
for landings after GREEN pressure has been completely lost.
D provides repeatable, smooth deceleration whilst minimizing the risk of blown up
tires.
CAUTION : Use of EMER BRAKE beyond the EMER BRAKE NOTCH ABOVE 60 Kts
MUST BE AVOIDED TOPREVENT WHEELSLOCK UPAND DAMAGESTO
WHEELS AND TIRES.
BELOW 60 Kts, a SMALL further travel (∼ 1 cm) IS AVAILABLE WITHOUT
RISKS OF DAMAGE WHEN MAXIMUM STOPPING PERFORMANCE IS
REQUIRED.
- A deflated tire is not easily noticeable from the cockpit : NO TAKE OFF should be
started after EMER BRAKE has been used at speeds in excess of a maximum taxiing
speed of 20 Kt without prior visual inspection of the main landing gear tires.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P1 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
CLB procedure:
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P2 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P3 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P4 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P5 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P6 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P7 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P8 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.10
P9 001
FLIGHT PATTERNS APR 11
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P1 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
START UP PROCEDURE
Prior to initiating start sequence EEC FAULT light must be extinguished, if EEC
FAULT is lit try to reset ; if unsuccessful, deselect EEC.
During engine start or relighting, the following items must be monitored.
- Correct NH increase when starting the sequence.
- Starter disconnection at 45 % NH.
- Maximum ITT : during a battery start one or two ITT peaks not exceeding 800°C may
usually be observed. ITT peaks are of lower value if a suitable GPU is used.
This example shows the start sequence of engine N° 1 on ground (engine 2 running)
NH %
Parameters 0 10 25 45 62
START 1 ON illuminated (ON extinguished)
STARTER/GENERATOR
Starter generator
CLA
FUEL SO * FTR
IGNITION
EEC EEC ON
PLA GI
* Passing from FUEL SO to FTR is possible between 10 and 19 % NH if ITT > 200° C.
ENG OIL LO PR FWS alarm is 30 seconds time delayed to avoid untimely ENG OIL LO PR
during engine start. Refer to 2.02.08 p18 for specific cold weather behaviour.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P2 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
TAKE OFF: USE OF BLEED VALVES
The aircraft is fitted with an automatic bleed valve closing in case of engine failure at
take off.
The closing signal is given by MFC’s when uptrim is triggered. BLEED FAULT light also
illuminates on the operative engine. Engine bleed valves may be routinely selected ON
(NORM FLOW) for take off. However, performance decrement has to be considered for
the ground phase. This decrement is given in chapter 3.03 and may be computed by the
FOS.
POWER SETTING AT TAKE OFF
Engine control normally uses temperature, altitude and speed data from the selected
ADC but reverts to its own sensors in case of detected failure or significant offset.
TAT/SAT information are valid only when the engine (propeller unfeathered)
corresponding to the selected ADC is running.
RTO torques must be computed using altitude and temperature information independant
from aircraft sources and compared to values displayed by torque bugs.
Take off power is routinely obtained by setting the power levers and the condition levers
into the notches. If needed, in order to match target torque bugs set according to
dependable data, it may be necessary to adjust the throttles out of the notches.
UNFEATHERING AFTER AN ENGINE RESTART IN FLIGHT
Unfeathering the propeller induces a limited lateral disturbance.
ENGINE PARAMETERS FLUCTUATION
The variation tolerances of engine parameters are shown in Figure. These tolerances
must be taken into account only in stabilized flight phases.
PARAMETERS TQ NH ITT NP
FLUCTUATION
AMPLITUDE +/- 2 % +/- 0.25 % +/- 10_C +/- 2.5 %
In case of engine parameters fluctuation it can be helpful to select the corresponding EEC
OFF then On according to EEC FAULT C/L before shutting the engine down.
If this action cures the problem, the flight can be continued accordingly.
MAN IGNITION
When one or both EEC (s) has (have) been deselected, the use of MAN ignition is
required when the aircraft penetrates heavy precipitation or severe turbulence areas,
when ice accretion develops or when using contaminated runway for take off or landing.
CLs should routinely stay into the notches. Np is automatically set at 100 % provided PWR
MGT is on TO position and PLA is sufficient (see 1.16.40).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P 2A 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
Power back
- Before power back, both propellers are running and are unfeathered.
- Power back is done after ATC clearance.
- Ground staff area checked cleared before and during power back, by using conventional
signs and/or headphones with several people, as per prevailing airlines policy.
- Nose wheel steering remains ON.
- To avoid moving forward, apply slight power back just before releasing brake.
- Each crew member keeps his feet on the floor. NEVER USE BRAKES during power back
(to avoid tail strike).
- Power back is performed at low speed.
- Use Ground Idle or positive power to decrease speed or stop.
Note: NAC OVHT and ENG FIRE can be triggered, if a prolonged power-- back is
maintained with a tail wind greater than 10kts, including aircraft direction changes
throughout the procedure
Note: In Ground Idle, after parking brake release, the aircraft moves forward. The power
lever has to be retarded slightly to power back just before releasing the brake.
Note: Safety glasses have to be used by the ground staff, because of the possibility of
projection during power back operation.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P3 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P4 001
POWER PLANT DEC 13
R Note : A pulse on AUX HYD PUMP pb starts the auxiliary hydraulic pump for
30 seconds.Selecting propeller brake sw to OFF position within this 30 s
temporization allows to keep the DC AUX PUMP running overriding the
30 seconds temporization.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P5 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
- Maintaining target torque may necessitate positions out of the notch since constant
throttle position feature is lost. Some throttle readjustements will be necessary
during climb.
Engine response may be more sluggish when increasing power and a
temporary throttle overtravel may be necessary to obtain a fast power response.
- If EEC is selected from OFF to ON, an important power variation may result. That is
why the throttle has to be reduced below 52° prior to such an action.
- Landing with both EEC OFF will lead to a big propeller speed decay as the speed
decreases, so that ACW power may be lost at the end of the landing run. Be ready to
use nose wheel steering and emergency braking as required.
Engine response during taxi will be slower.
- Reverse power is reduced. Moreover, in case of acceleration stop, a one second stop
must be observed at Fl before setting PLs below.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.11
P6 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
REVERSE PHASES
NP is the parameter to be monitored during reverse phases. (NP is the only regulated
parameter in these phases)
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.12
P1 001
FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS APR 11
AA
- Proper crew coordination is required in order to hold the control column at all times
and prevent excessive elevator or aileron deflections due to wind and/or reversed air
flow from propellers.
The control column is initially held.
D in pitch : fully nose down, then slowly relaxed as speed increases.
D in roll : neutral or deflected TOWARD the wind in case of crosswind component, as
appropriate to maintain wings essentially level.
Note : Excessive aileron deflections should be avoided as they affect directional
control.
- For take-- off, use of nose wheel steering guidance is only recommended for the very
first portion of the take off run as rudder becomes very rapidly efficient when airspeed
increases (~ 40 kts) and ATR 72 exhibits a natural tendency to go straight.
- Action on nose wheel tiller should be smooth and progressive, particularly as ground
speed increases.
- Rudder must not be cycled during take-- off, particularly the first portion where nose
wheel is used: combination of unnecessary rudder cycling (with an increasingly
efficient rudder) and nose wheel control would then lead to
uncomfortable oscillations.
- Rolling take-- off technique
In order not to increase the take-- off distances, power must be set quickly during the
last phase of the line up turn.
- for landing or aborted take off, control column holding must be transferred to the
co-- pilot when the captain takes the nose wheel steering.
If reverse is used, at low speeds and with high power, the reversed air flow may
shake violently the flight controls, particularly with no crosswind: the control column
must be held very firmly and/or, below 30 kts, the GUST LOCK may be engaged.
Narrow Runways :
When the aircraft is operated on a narrow runway (width < 30 m (98 ft)), whoever
is the PF (CM1 or CM2), the CM1 should be ready to use Nose Wheel Steering as soon
as the nose wheel is on the ground.
If reverse is used, at low speeds and with high power, the reversed air flow may
shake violently the flight controls, particularly with no crosswind : the control column
must be held very firmly and/or, below 30 kts, the GUST LOCK may be engaged.
Refer to 3.11.10
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.12
P2 001
FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS APR 11
AA
ENGINE FAILURE
AT TAKE OFF BELOW V1
Abort is mandatory: both PLs are retarded to Gl and full braking applied if needed.
Reverse is available even on single engine down to full stop: again, control column is
transferred to the co-- pilot when captain takes nose wheel steering and, in case of single
reverse operation roll control must be applied (possibly to full travel) in order to
minimize the tendency to bank on the side of the operating engine.
AT TAKE OFF ABOVE V1
Take off must be continued. Directional control must be maintained with rudder and, as
soon as aircraft becomes airborne, aileron input to stabilize heading with about 2° of
bank toward the operating engine is highly recommended in order to decrease rudder
deflection thence improve climb performance.
Both rudder and aileron forces may be completely trimmed out, even at minimum
scheduled V2. Once both yaw and roll axis are trimmed out, autopilot may be engaged.
IN APPROACH
Directional control must be maintained with rudder, (which disengages
automatically YD and AP if previously engaged) and aileron, in a manner similar to what
was described for the continued take off case.
The ATPCS functioning is different between approach and take-- off.
Even if TO position is selected:
- Uptrim function is never available
- Auto feather function may be available depending on PL position at the time of the
failure.
If autofeather has not operated (windmilling), the drag depends on the engine failed PL
position. For this reason :
- In approach, do not reduce the affected PL below 45° PLA before manually feathering
the engine.
- If a go around is performed, advance both PLs to the ramp. When appropriate,
manually feather the failed engine.
LANDING (PROPELLER FEATHERED)
- Flare technique remains unchanged and rudder input required to
compensate the asymmetric reduction at 20 ft is more smoothly achieved if YAW
DAMPER has been disconnected in short final.
- After main gear touch down, it is recommended to first lower nose wheel to ground
contact before reducing PL from Fl to Gl: this allows to better control the large
asymmetric associated drag increase on the live engine side. PL may be then
retarded to full reverse as required but roll attitude must be controlled which requires
large control wheel deflection by PNF.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.12
P3 001
FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS DEC 13
AA
STALLS
STALL WITHOUT ICE ACCRETION
In all configurations, when approaching the stall, the aircraft does not exhibit any
noticeable change in flight characteristics: control effectiveness and stability remains
good and there is no significant buffet down to CL max ; this is the reason why both the
stall alert (audio “cricket” and shaker) and stall identification (stick pusher) are
“artificial” devices based on angle of attack measurement.
Recovery of stall approaches should normally be started as soon as stall alert is
perceived : a gentle pilot push (together with power increase if applicable) will then allow
instantaneous recovery. If the stall penetration attempt is maintained after stall alert has
been activated, the STICK PUSHER may be activated : this is clearly unmistakable as the
control column is suddenly and abruptly pushed forward, which in itself initiates
recovery.
Note : The “pushing action” is equivalent to 40daN/88 lbs applied in 0.1 second and
it lasts as long as angle of attack exceeds the critical value.
R WARNING : Stall training excercises without stick pusher are prohibited.
STALL WITH ICE ACCRETION
Even with airframe de-- icers used according to procedure (i.e. as soon as and as long as
ice accretion develops on airframe), the leading edges cannot be completely cleared of
ice accretion because of existence of “unprotected” elements on the leading edges and
continued accretion between two consecutive boots cycles.
This residual ice on leading edges changes noticeably the characteristics of flight
BELOW the minimum operating speeds defined for ice accretion, as follows :
- Control effectiveness remains good, but forces to manoeuver in roll and to a lesser
degree in pitch, may increase somewhat.
- Above the reduced angle of attack :
. An aerodynamic buffeting may be felt which will increase with the amount of ice
accumulated and angle of attack increase.
. Stability may be slightly affected in roll, but stick pusher should prevent angle of
attack increase before wing rocking tend to develop (Refer to FCOM 1.02.30 for
stall alarm threshold definition).
Recovery of stall in such conditions must be started as soon as stall warning is
activated or buffeting and/or beginning of lateral instability and/or sudden roll off is
perceived.
Recovery will be best accomplished by :
- A pilot push on the wheel as necessary to regain control.
- Selection of flaps 15.
- Increase in power, up to MCT if needed.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.12
P4 001
FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS APR 11
AA
APPROACH
- The deceleration capabilities of the ATR 72 provide a good operational
advantage which should be used extensively: decelerated approaches reduce noise,
minimize time and fuel burn and allow better integration in big airports. This is why
they have been described as the « standard approaches » in section 2.02.10 (flight
patterns).
- Initial approach speed will vary with ATC constrainsts and turbulence, but may be up
to 240 Kts.
- Initial approach speed may be maintained on a typical 3° glide slope down to the
following height above runway:
NP DECELARATION HEIGHT
82 % (IAS x 10) ft
Configuration changes should be made at VLE VFE when decelerating. This procedure
allows to reach VAPP speed at 500 ft above runway.
R Refer to 3.11.17
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.12
P5 001
FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS APR 11
AA
LANDING
D Maintain standard final approach slope (3°) and final VAPP until 20 ft is called on
radioaltimeter.
- During this flare the airspeed will necessary decrease, leading to a touch down
speed of 5 to 10 kt lower than the stabilized approach speed.
2. Max braking is usable without restriction down to full stop, whatever the
runway conditions may be, provided ANTISKID is operative.
3. The tail bumper (with damping capabilities) effectively protect the tail in case
of excessive attitude (resulting from prolonged/floating flares) provided the
rate of sink at touchdown does not exceed 5 ft/sec.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.14
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS P1 001
AHRS APR 11
AA
AHRS
AHRS alignment sequence takes place as soon as the battery is switched ON, and it takes
nominally 1 MINUTES DURING WHICH AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE MOVED (on
ground).
AHRS are normally not affected by electrical transients asociated with engine start.
Note : during AHRS alignment, the alert “AHRS NOT ALIGN” is dispalyed on FWS, and
“AHRS DEGRADED” is diplayed on the corresponding PFD.
ON GROUND ONLY, if needed, AHRS reset may be performed by cycling all relevant C/B
OFF-- ON.
CAUTION : resetting AHRS C/B in flight is not recommended as in flight realignment
requires 1 minutes and 30 seconds of very stable flight (which may be
impossible to get in turbulences) and possibility of pulling the wrong C/B
could lead to complete AHRS failure unrecoverable for the rest of the flight.
CAUTION : Pilots must be aware of possible induced attitudes and heading errors in case
of continuous turns, specially in high latitudes countries; therefore racetrack
holding patterns are to be flown rather than circles.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.14
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS P2 001
WEATHER RADAR APR 11
AA
WEATHER RADAR
THe weather radar radiates power when operating in any mode other than STBY. Use of
weather radar on ground in a mode other than STBY requires special care :
- make certain that no personnel is working in front of aircraft within a sector of 3 meters
radius and 130_ left or right of the aircraft axis.
- direct aircraft nose so that no large size metal object (hangar, aircraft ...) is located
within a 30 meters radius.
- avoid operating radar during refueling operation of radiating aircraft or any other
aircraft within a 30 meters radius.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.15
P1 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS
GENERAL
TCAS is an airborne Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System that interrogates ATC
transponders in nearby aircraft and generates appropriate aural and visual advisories to
the flight crew to provide adequate separation.
Air to Air communications for coordinating maneuvers between TCAS equipped aircraft is
provided by mode S ATC transponder.
Note 1 : TCAS system can only generate resolution advisories for intruders equipped
with operative mode S or mode C transponders (providing valid intruders
altitude information).
Note 2 : Traffic advisories can only be generated for intruders equipped with operative
mode S, C or A transponders (TCAS system provides no indication of aircraft
without operative transponders).
CAUTION
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.15
P2 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS (CONT’D)
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
Procedure is initiated by a TCAS Traffic Advisory : TA.
“TRAFFIC - TRAFFIC”
CPT - Decide task sharing and announce : “TCAS, I (you) have the controls.”.
PF - Be minded for maneuver. Follow traffic evolution on the TCAS indicator.
PM - Recall minimum safety altitude. Try to visually acquire the intruding aircraft.
Then may occur a Resolution Advisory : RA. Some RA will only advise to monitor vertical
speed (preventive RA). Others will advise to maneuver the aircraft.
The following procedures should then apply :
Sense of Resolution Advisory asking to maneuver
DESCEND CLIMB
CPT - Confirm “We descend.”. CPT - Confirm “We climb.”.
PF - Disconnect Auto Pilot PM - Select proper rating on PWR MGT
- Descent at a rate in the green rotary selector (MCT en route or TO in
(fly to) band on PFD vertical. other phases e.g. take off, approach
speed scale and landing)
- Ask for eventual configuration
changes. PF - Disconnect Auto Pilot
PM - Advise ATC - Apply roughly the bugged power
- Monitor IAS compared to VLE, - Climb at a rate in the green (fly to)
VFE, VMO pointer band on PFD vertical speed scale.
- Monitor Aircraft altitude - Ask for eventual configuration
compared to minimum changes.
safety altitude. PM - Adjust power to TQ objectives
- Advise ATC
- Monitor IAS compared VS.
Note : When a climb or increase climb RA occurs with the airplane in the landing
configuration or in the go - around phase, a normal go - around procedure
should be followed including the appropriate power increase and
configuration changes.
After separation has become adequate (range increasing), TCAS will issue following RA.
“CLEAR OF CONFLICT”
Return promptly to last assigned ATC clearance.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.16
P1 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
GPWS WARNING
Note : When flying under daylight VMC conditions, should a warning threshold be
deliberately exceeded or encountered due to known specific terrain at certain
locations, the warning may be regarded as cautionary and the approach may be
continued
A go around shall be initiated in case warning cause cannot be identified
immediately.
J ”BANK ANGLE”
- Ajust roll attitude to silence the warning,
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.16
P2 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
PREDICTIVE WARNINGS
J ”OBSTACLE AHEAD”
Verify the aeroplane flight path, correct it if required, if in doubt,
perform a climb until the caution alert ceases.
J ”TERRAIN AHEAD, PULL UP”
Verify the aeroplane flight path and correct it if required, if in doubt,
perform a climb until the caution alert ceases.
J “AVOID TERRAIN”
Immediately initiate a climb and then, based on any available information but
preferably external visual reference. continue to maneuver until warning ceases.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.18
P1 001
FMS FEB 12
AA
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.19
P1 001
HIGH LATITUDES OPERATIONS APR 11
AA
CONDITIONS
Anomalous heading errors may occur on aircraft equipped with the SAGEM APIRS
AHRS during high latitude operations, where the earth’s magnetic lines of force have
inclinations of greater than 75 degrees.
PROCEDURES
- Take special care to keep the slip indicator centered in order to minimize heading
errors.
- Crosscheck AHRS heading information with GPS/GNSS.
- Continous turn of more than 360_ must be avoided; for holding, it is recommended to
fly racetrack patterns with straight flight legs of at least one minute between the U
turns.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P1 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
CONTENT
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P2 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P3 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER DEC 13
AA
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P4 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
APM Fault
FDR Fail
FDAU Fail
”Cruise Speed Low” alarm is activated 1 second after activation of the APM Test
Then ”Degraded Perf” alarm is activated 1 second after activation of ”Cruise Speed
Low” alarm.
The other alarms are activated following the diagram here above.
All discrete outputs shall come back to inactive state when ”APM Aircraft Test” is
deactivated.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P5 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
On ground just before flight and as soon as the crew has computed the gross weight
on the load sheet, the crew must enter the corresponding weight in FMS
corresponding data sheet through the MCDU.
This parameter is available as ”Gross weight” parameter from two different sources
DU2/FMS1 and DU4/FMS2. Until take off, the ”Gross weight” is continuously
acquired.
- if TOW1 (from FMS1) is valid, it shall be selected.
- If TOW1 is invalid, then TOW2 (from FMS2) shall be selected if valid.
Computation
If the crew doesn’t select the take off weight before take off, then the APM shall
perform a take off weight computation at the beginning of the flight. This
computation is performed during the first minutes of the flight and before the APM
starts the drag analysis.
The actual weight is then updated in flight by internal computation.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P6 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
In case of APM Fault light illumination, the crew has to select the APM OFF by
pushing on the Fault light button.
Note: As APM computation is not operative on Ground, the APM Fault is inhibited by
the computer on Ground.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P7 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER FEB 12
AA
1 - APM FUNCTION LIMITATIONS/PROCEDURES (cont’d)
1.1.4.2 - DEGRADED PERF PROCEDURE
DEGRADED PERF amber message on EWD with CAUTION light and Single Chime
and on FMA.
- Mainly appears in level flight after CRUISE SPEED LOW or in climb to inform the
crew that an abnormal drag increase induces a speed decrease or a loss of rate of
climb.
- The most probable reason is an abnormal ice accretion
R AIRFRAME DE-- ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ON
IAS ABOVE ICING BUG + 10 KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AP (if engaged) . . . . . HOLD FIRMLY CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
R H If SEVERE ICING conditions confirmed
Or
R H If impossibility to maintain IAS above ICING BUG + 10 KT in level flight
Or
H If abnormal aircraft handling feeling
SEVERE ICING procedure (2.04.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
H If normal conditions
SCHEDULED FLIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE
ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R Note: In case of APM messages “DEGRADED-- PERF” or “INCREASE-- SPEED”
Vmin OPS automatically increased by 10 kt.
1.1.4.3 - INCREASE SPEED PROCEDURE
INCREASE SPEED light illuminated flashing with CAUTION on EWD and on FMA
and Single Chime.
- Appears after DEGRADED PERF to inform the crew that the drag is abnormally
high and IAS is lower than ICING BUG + 10 KT
H If abnormal conditions confirmed
IMMEDIATELY PUSH THE STICK TO INCREASE SPEED
TO RECOVER MINIMUM IAS = ICING BUG + 10 KT
SEVERE ICING procedure (2.04.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R H If normal conditions
SCHEDULED FLIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE
ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
Note: In case of APM messages “DEGRADED-- PERF” or “INCREASE-- SPEED”
Vmin OPS automatically increased by 10 kt.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P8 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
The FDAU computes the flight time, computation starts with detection of ground/air
condition (confirmation > 1sec) and stops with detection of air/ground condition
(confirmation > 10sec).
The current Flight Number is initialized automatically from AVIONICS system (FMS1 and
FMS2) if available, otherwise manually from MCDU menu (through ACMS /MPC /INIT
TIME and FLIGHT NUMBER).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.21
MPC P9 001
MULTI PURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
The DMU has been designed to allow the user to customize the system according to his
specific application, requirements, operating environment and logistics. Programming
capabilities are provided, to allow modification of monitoring functions or implementation
of additional monitoring functions.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P1 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
CONTENT
1 - NORMAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 - DEGRADED OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3 - DISPATCH WITH ONE DU INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3-- 1 - DISPATCH WITH DU 1 INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3-- 1 - DISPATCH WITH DU 3 INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3-- 1 - DISPATCH WITH DU 5 INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4 - DUAL DC GEN LOSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P2 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
1- GENERAL
ATR 600 instrument panel is fitted with five Display Units (DU), named DU 1 to 5 from
left to right.
Different formats may be displayed on these DU: PFD (Primary Flight Display), MFD
(Multi Function Display) or EWD (Engine and Warning Display); in MFD format, the
choice exists between different pages depending on the flight phase, such as ND
(Navigation Display), SD (System Display), PERF, or other options. In normal
operation, the configuration is the following:
DU 1 (5) is dedicated to CM1 (2) PFD;
DU 3 on central panel is dedicated to EWD;
DU 2 (4) is normally dedicated to CM 1 (2) MFD.
A DISPLAY push button is located on the CAPT (F/O) SWITCHING lateral console in
order to cycle the three formats on DU 2 (4). In case of DU 2 (4) failure, this button is
switching the DU 1 (5) format.
In most of the formats, the lower part of the MFD is dedicated to VCP.
On the VCP, VHF page should be selected by default, as it is the most frequently used
page.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P3 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
2- DEGRADED OPERATION
In case of DU failure, the consequence will depend on the DU position and an automatic
reversion logic is implemented so as to immediately guarantee the safety of the flight;
the highest priority is given to PFD, and then to EWD.
Then the crew remains free to choose the configuration via the DISPLAY pushbuttons,
and the Captain will decide who is PF and PM according to failure assessment and
company policy.
DU2 or 4 failure is inducing the loss of the hosted FMS and RMS functions; there is no
operational impact as the remaining FMS and RMS are taking over.
Hereunder are presented the different failure cases, and the ATR recommended policy.
DU1 failure:
DU2 failure:
The automatic reversion has no effect; FMS1 and RMS1 are lost.
ATR recommends PF is CM1, and CM2 keeps a normal configuration with two DU (PFD
and MFD).
DU3 failure:
The automatic reversion depends on the coupling side selected on the FGCP (the
system takes the information of PF/PNF side via the FGCP coupling selection): there is
no change on the PF side, but the EWD is displayed in place of PNF MFD.
PF can be CM1 as well as CM2; both pilots may display EWD on DU 2 or 4, thanks to the
DISPLAY pushbuttons; in case EWD is not displayed on any DU and should a Warning
or Caution occure, there will be an automatic reversion of EWD on the PM side.
ATR recommends to keep EWD displayed on PF side most of the time, and PM keeps a
normal configuration with two DU (PFD and MFD). Thanks to the high quality of the DU,
EWD remains easily readable by PM in cross view.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P4 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
DU4 failure:
DU5 failure:
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P5 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
According to MMEL, one DU among DU1, DU3 and DU5 may be inoperative for
dispatch, but DU2 and 4 must be operative as they are hosting FMS and RMS functions.
However all DU have the same P/N and are interchangeable; if DU2 (4) is inoperative, a
maintenance action is required to swap with DU1 (5), and dispatch is then possible
(refer to MEL).
In case of a second DU failure, several cases have to be considered, and for each case,
several solutions are possible; hereafter are presented ATR recommendations with the
objectives of providing PF with the optimal displays to fly and navigate, and PM with the
displays to communicate and monitor systems.
PF is CM1 with PFD on DU2, and CM2 keeps a normal configuration with two DU (PFD
and MFD).
In case DU2 fails, the automatic reversion has no effect; FMS1 and RMS1 are lost.
CM2 becomes PF, and CM1 tunes COM and NAV via MCDU; he/she can still monitor
navigation and systems by cross-- view on DU4 with the recommended following
configuration: DU3: EWD / DU4: MFD / DU5: PFD.
In case DU3 fails, PFD remains on DU2, and EWD is automatically displayed on DU4
(PM side). PF remains CM1.
ATR recommends the following: DU2: PFD / DU4: MFD (cruise)-- EWD (approach)/
DU5: PFD.
In case DU4 fails, the automatic reversion has no effect; FMS2 and RMS2 are lost.
The recommended configuration is the following: DU2: PFD / DU3: EWD / DU5: PFD.
PNF tunes COM and NAV via MCDU, and in VMC cruise PNF may occasionally switch
to MFD format.
CAUTION : a full flexibility is offered for display selection on DU2 and DU4 via
both DISPLAY pushbuttons, and in case of DU1 and DU5 failure, the crew must
avoid any configuration without any PFD.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P6 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
PF can be CM1 as well as CM2; both pilots may display EWD on DU 2 or 4, thanks to the
DISPLAY pushbuttons; in case EWD is not displayed on any DU and should a Warning
or Caution occure, there will be an automatic reversion of EWD on the PM side (the
system takes the information of PF/PM side via the FGCP coupling selection).
ATR recommends to keep EWD displayed on PF side most of the time, and PM keeps a
normal configuration with two DU (PFD and MFD). Thanks to the high quality of the DU,
EWD remains easily readable by PM in cross view.
In case DU1 fails, PFD is automatically displayed on DU2 and EWD on DU4.
ATR recommends PF is CM1 and the following configuration: DU2: PFD / DU4: MFD
(cruise)-- EWD (approach)/ DU5: PFD.
In case DU2 fails, EWD is automatically displayed on DU4; FMS1 and RMS1 are lost.
ATR recommends PF is CM1 and the following configuration: DU1: PFD / DU4: MFD
(cruise)-- EWD (approach)/ DU5: PFD.
In case DU4 fails, EWD is automatically displayed on DU2; FMS2 and RMS2 are lost.
ATR recommends PF is CM2 and the following configuration: DU1: PFD / DU2: MFD
(cruise)-- EWD (approach)/ DU5: PFD.
In case DU5 fails, PFD is automatically displayed on DU4, and EWD on DU2.
ATR recommends PF is CM2 and the following configuration: DU1: PFD / DU2: MFD
(cruise)-- EWD (approach)/ DU4: PFD.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P7 001
General Philosophy of use APR 11
AA
PF is CM2 with PFD on DU4, and CM1 keeps a normal configuration with two DU (PFD
and MFD).
CAUTION : a full flexibility is offered for display selection on DU2 and DU4 via
both DISPLAY pushbuttons, and in case of DU1 and DU5 failure, the crew must
avoid any configuration without any PFD.
In case DU2 fails, the automatic reversion has no effect; FMS1 and RMS1 are lost.
The recommended configuration is the following: DU1: PFD / DU3: EWD / DU4: PFD.
PM tunes COM and NAV via MCDU, and in VMC cruise PM may occasionally switch to
MFD format.
In case DU3 fails, PFD remains on DU4, and EWD is automatically displayed on DU2
(PM side). PF remains CM2.
ATR recommends the following configuration: DU1: PFD / DU2: MFD (cruise)-- EWD
(approach)/ DU4: PFD.
In case DU4 fails, the automatic reversion has no effect; FMS2 and RMS2 are lost.
PF must switch to CM1, and CM2 tunes COM and NAV via MCDU; he/she can still
monitor navigation and systems by cross-- view on DU2 with the recommended
following configuration: DU1: PFD / DU2: MFD / DU3: EWD.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 2.02.24
DU P8 100
General Philosophy of use FEB 12
AA
In case of dual DC GEN loss, only DU2 and DU4 remain operative.
PFD is automatically displayed DU2, and EWD on DU4, as AHRS2 and ADC2 are lost;
CM2 must switch AHRS and ADC to SYS 1 to be able to recover a normal PFD format on
DU4.
In case EWD is not displayed on any DU and should a Warning or Caution occure, there
will be an automatic reversion of EWD on PM side.
CAUTION : a full flexibility is offered for display selection on DU2 and DU4 via
both DISPLAY pushbuttons, and the crew must avoid configuration without any
PFD.
2.03.00 CONTENT
2.03.01 FOREWORD
2.03.02 PRELIMINARY -
( including human factor recommendations for Electronic Check List use)
2.03.03 PANEL SCAN SEQUENCE
2.03.04 FLIGHT PREPARATION
2.03.05 EXTERIOR INSPECTION
2.03.06 PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION WITH THE USE OF GPU
2.03.07 PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION WITH HOTEL MODE
2.03.08 FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION
2.03.09 HOTEL MODE START UP
2.03.10 BEFORE PROPELLER ROTATION
2.03.11 BEFORE TAXI
2.03.12 TAXI
2.03.13 BEFORE TAKE OFF
2.03.14 TAKE OFF
2.03.15 CLIMB - CRUISE
2.03.16 BEFORE DESCENT - DESCENT
2.03.17 APPROACH
2.03.18 BEFORE LANDING
2.03.19 LANDING
2.03.20 GO AROUND
2.03.21 AFTER LANDING
2.03.22 PARKING
2.03.23 LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.02
P1 100
PRELIMINARY FEB 12
AA
PRELIMINARY
The following sections provide expanded information related to normal procedures.
Normal procedures consist of inspections, preparations and normal check lists. All items are
listed in a sequence following a standardized scan of the cockpit panels (see section 2.03.03)
except when required by the logic of actions priority, to ensure that all actions are performed
the most efficient way.
Normal procedures are divided into phases of flight and accomplish by recall.
In the following assignation :
- CM1 refers to the Crew Member in the left hand seat
- CM2 refers to the Crew Member in the right hand seat
- PF refers to the Pilot Flying
- PM refers to the Pilot Monitoring
After completion of a given procedure, the related normal check list is used. The
normal check list developed by the manufacturers includes only the items that may
have a direct impact on safety and efficiency if not correctly accomplished. All normal
check lists are initiated at the Pilot’s flying command. Some normal procedures which
are non routine will be found in chapter 2.02 PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUE and in
chapter 3.11 SPECIAL OPERATIONS.
All steps have to be performed before the first flight of the day or following a crew
change or maintenance action. Transit steps are the only ones to be completed after a
transit stop. They are grouped in the FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION.
If there is any doubt as to whether the application of transit procedures covers
all safety aspects, the complete preparation must be accomplished.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.04
P1 001
FLIGHT PREPARATION APR 11
AA
FLIGHT PREPARATION
TECHNICAL CONDITION OF THE AIRCRAFT
The crew will verify the technical status of the aircraft in respect to airworthiness acceptability of
malfunction and influence on the flight plan, using all necessary operator’s documents, in
particular MEL (Minimum Equipment List).
WEATHER BRIEFING
The crew will receive a weather briefing which should include :
- actual and expected weather conditions for take off and climb out including
runway conditions,
- en route significant weather : winds and temperatures,
- terminal forecasts for destination and alternate airports,
- actual weather for destination and alternates for short range flights and recent
past weather if available,
- survey of the meteorological conditions at airports along the planned route.
NAV / COM FACILITIES EN ROUTE
The crew will study the latest relevant NOTAMs (NOtice To AirMen) and will check that all
required facilities at departure, destination and alternate airports are operational and that they
fulfill the appropriate requirements.
FLIGHT PLANS / OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The crew will check the company flight plan, in respect to routing, altitudes and flight time.
The crew will check the estimated load figures and will calculate maximum allowed take off
and landing weights.
The captain will decide the amount of fuel necessary for a safe conduct of the flight, taking into
consideration possible economic fuel transportation.
The captain will check ATC flight plan and ensure it is filed according to the prescribed
procedures.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P1 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION FEB 12
AA
INTRODUCTION
The exterior inspection is primarily a visual check to ensure that the overall condition
of the aircraft, the visible components and equipments are safe for the flight.
R It is performed the CM1 before each flight.
During exterior walk around, observe that the FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES and
FLAPS are clear and memorize surfaces position.
Section content :
EXTERIOR WALK AROUND DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 2
MAIN LEFT LANDING GEAR AND FAIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 3
LEFT WING TRAILING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 4
LEFT WING LEADING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 4
LEFT ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 4
LEFT FORWARD FUSELAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 4
NOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 5
RIGHT FORWARD FUSELAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 5
RIGHT ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 5
RIGHT WING LEADING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 6
RIGHT WING TRAILING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 6
MAIN RIGHT LANDING GEAR AND FAIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 6
RIGHT AFT FUSELAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 7
TAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 7
LEFT AFT FUSELAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE 7
... / ...
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P2 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION APR 11
... / ...
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P3 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION FEB 12
AA
EXTERIOR INSPECTION ACTIONS
... / ...
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P4 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION FEB 12
AA
EXTERIOR INSPECTION ACTIONS (CONT’D)
LEFT ENGINE
R LEFT COWLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL 4 LATCHES: CLOSED
OIL COOLING FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
ENGINE AIR INTAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLEAR
ENGINE DE--ICING BOOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
SPINNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEATHERED / CONDITION / FREE ROTATION
R RIGHT COWLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL 4 LATCHES: CLOSED
INNER WING LEADING EDGE AND FAIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P5 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION FEB 12
AA
EXTERIOR INSPECTION ACTIONS (CONT’D)
NOSE
WIPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
RADOME AND LATCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
NOSE GEAR WHEELS AND TIRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
NOSE GEAR STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
R TAXI & TAKE OFF LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
WHEEL WELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FREE FALL ASSISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
SAFETY PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOVED
R NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
HYDRAULIC LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
NOSE GEAR DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION, 2 CLOSED
RIGHT ENGINE
INNER WING LEADING EDGE AND FAIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
R LEFT COWLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL 4 LATCHES: CLOSED
ENGINE AIR INTAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLEAR
ENGINE DE--ICING BOOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
SPINNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEATHERED / CONDITION / FREE ROTATION
Note : If propeller brake not set or not installed.
R RIGHT COWLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL 4 LATCHES: CLOSED
OIL COOLING FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
... / ...
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P6 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION FEB 12
AA
EXTERIOR INSPECTION ACTIONS (CONT’D)
... / ...
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.05
P7 001
EXTERIOR INSPECTION FEB 12
AA
EXTERIOR INSPECTION ACTIONS (CONT’D)
TAIL
FLIGHT CONTROLS ACCESS DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOCKED
VOR ANTENNAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
STABILIZER DE--ICING BOOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
LOGO LIGHTS (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
HORNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDITION
STABILIZER, ELEVATORS AND TABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
STATIC DISCHARGERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FIN, RUDDER AND TAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
TAIL CONE, NAV AND STROBE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
VORTEX GENERATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P1 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU APR 11
AA
CM2
- EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT.......................................................................CHECK
Check :
- Exit hatch closed, handle locked and safe tied, escape rope stowed
- Life jackets (if applicable) stowed
- Axe, flash lights, smoke goggles and oxygen masks stowed
- Portable fire extinguisher safe tied and pressure within green area
- Landing gear emergency extension handle stowed, cover closed
- Protective gloves
- GEAR PINS and COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON BOARD
- All Circuits Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- PL1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
- GUST LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE / ON
Check GUST LOCK is properly engaged to fullfill the required conditions for PROP
BRAKE activation.
- CL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL S/O
- FLAPS LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
Set in accordance with Actual Flap position.
CAUTION
Do not pressurize hydraulic systems and activate flaps without clearance
from ground crew.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P3 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
- FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESSED
- FUEL X FEED VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN LINE
- MEMO PANEL DISPLAY FUEL X FEED LABEL . . . . . . . . DISPLAYED CYAN
R Note: - X FEED LABEL may be flashing CYAN, in case of fuel unbalance & wrong
R pump on selection.
R - Check “X FEED” cyan label on MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
- FEED LO PR LIGHT ENG 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASED
- FEED LO PRESS LIGHT ENG 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATED
Note : Feed Lo Press Light may take few minutes to illuminate again
- ENG 1 PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
R - RUN LIGHT ENG 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATED
- FEED LO PR LIGHT ENG 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- ENG 1+2 FUEL PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ON
- DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST
DOOR TEST :
Depress TEST switch and check on OVERHEAD Panel. Check associated AIR
CABIN SD page :
- CAB OK & SVCE OK green lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATE
(Provided associated doors are opened)
- SPOILER LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
- LDG GEAR INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK 3 GREEN / NO RED LIGHT
- TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
- FLT CTL Fault Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- SELCAL (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK CODE
- ENG 1 FIRE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION TEST :
Check the following items :
- ENG 1 FIRE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN / LATCHED / LOCK WIRED
- Any lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- Depress SQUIB TEST P/B and check :
- Both agents SQUIB lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATE
- Select TEST SW on FAULT position and check :
- Associated LOOP A and LOOP B lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATE
- SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOUNDS
- MC Amber light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- LOOP (FWS ALERTING WINDOW) . . . . . . . . . . . DISPLAYED AMBER
- Select TEST SW on FIRE position and check :
- Associated FIRE HANDLE red light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- CRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOUNDS
- MW light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- ENG 1 FIRE (EWD + FWS WINDOW) . . . . . . . . . . . DISPLAYED RED
- Press MW to silence CRC and extinguish the MW :
- Temporarily select CL out of FUEL S O Position and check :
- Associated CL FUEL S O red light . . . . . . . . . . . . .ILLUMINATES
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P4 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
R - EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
- PROP BRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON / LOCKED
Check PROP BRK Local Cyan light + EWD Cyan label
- ENG START Rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF/START ABORT
- MAIN ELEC PWR Panel + associated ELEC SD page on MFD . . . . . . CHECK
- CVR and SSFDR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
CVR TEST :
CVR and DFDR test, on GPU:
Press on the RCDR PB (on the RCDR panel) and check ON light is illuminated.
CVR: when pushing on the CVR TEST PB, the CVR pointer has to be in the green
arc.
Press on the RESET PB (on the RCDR panel) and check ON light is extinguished.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P5 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
PEDESTAL
- ATPCS TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
R ATPCS: STATIC TEST
Check the following results on EWD.
- Turn the ATPCS knob to the left to the arm position and check :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 60 %
- Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 1 position and check :
- ENG 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPTRIM
- TQ 1 needle indicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZERO
- After 2.15 s :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHES
- ENG 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO FTR
- Turn the ATPCS knob to the right to the arm position and check :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 60 %
.../...
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P6 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
TRIMS CHECK FOR THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY : (DAILY) refer to 2.03.24
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P7 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU NOV 14
AA
CENTRAL PANEL
- ICE DETECT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST/ CHECK
- STICK PUSHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NO LIGHT
- APM P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NO LIGHT
- APM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
APM TEST: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . refer to 2.03.24
ENG PANEL :
- EEC 1&2 P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK DEPRESSED IN / NO LIGHT
- ATPCS P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK DEPRESSED IN / NO LIGHT
- CAB PRESS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Check no light
Check the rotary selector is facing the green mark
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P8 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
R - AUTO PRESS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST / CHECK
Depress the TEST P/B and check :
- On local panel :
- Cycling display between - 8800 and 18800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- MC + SC + AIR AUTO PRESS on Alerting Window (1 flash) . . . CHECK
- MODE SEL P/B FAULT amber light (1 flash) . . . . . . . . .ILLUMINATED
- CABIN SD page :
CAB ALT / VS / ∆P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
GLARESHIELD :
- GPWS P/B TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PERFORM
- MAINTENANCE PANEL
- STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST (once a day) . PERMORM (refer to 2.03.24)
- ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NORM FLT
- N/W STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AS RQD
- OXYGEN MASK (once a day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
OXYGEN MASK TEST (Hose and mask must be pressurized with oxygen)
- DO NOT REMOVE OXYGEN MASK
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P9 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.06
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P 10 001
WITH THE USE OF GPU FEB 12
AA
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P1 001
WITH HOTEL MODE APR 11
AA
CM2
- EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Check :
- Exit hatch closed, handle locked and safe tied, escape rope stowed
- Life jackets (if applicable) stowed
- Axe, flash lights, smoke goggles and oxygen masks stowed
- Portable fire extinguisher safe tied and pressure within the green area
- Landing gear emergency extension handle stowed, cover closed
- Protective gloves
- GEAR PINS and COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON BOARD
- All Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
- GUST LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE / ON
Check GUST LOCK is properly engaged to fullfill the required conditions for PROP
BRAKE activation.
- CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL S/O
- FLAPS LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
Set in accordance with Actual Flap Position.
CAUTION
Do not pressurize hydraulic systems and activate flaps without
clearance from ground crew.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P2 001
WITH HOTEL MODE APR11
AA
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P3 001
WITH HOTEL MODE APR 11
AA
- ATPCS TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
ATPCS TEST :
Check the following results on EWD :
- Turn the ATPCS knob to the left to the arm position and check :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ needle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 60 %
- Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 1 position and check :
- ENG 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPTRIM
- TQ 1 needle indicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZERO
- After 2.15s :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHES
- ENG 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO FTR
- Turn the ATPCS knob to the right to the arm position and check :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 60 %
- Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 2 position and check :
- ENG 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPTRIM
- TQ 2 needles indicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZERO
- After 2.15s :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHES
- ENG 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO FTR
- SERVICE DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED
- FUEL PUMP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Check RUN LIGHT ON + FEED LO PRESS extinguished
- WING LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
- PROP BRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON / LOCKED
Check PROP BRK Local Cyan light + EWD Cyan label
- ENG 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START IN HOTEL MODE
CAUTION
Prior to any engine start, select ENG SD page
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P4 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
START SEQUENCE:
- ENGINE PROP AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK CLEAR
- ENGINE START rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A + B
A+B for the 1st flight of the day, then A or B for the next start
- START 2 P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESSED / ON
Start timing for maximum starter run time
Check : - START P/B ON light illuminates
- START green label on ENG SD page.
- ENGINE ROTATION (NH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
S When passing 10 % NH (maximum 19% NH if ITT > 200°c) :
- CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
- TIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- ITT rises within 10s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CAUTION
- If ITT >950°c } CL..................FUEL SO
- If 840 < ITT < 950°C for more than 5s } CL..................FUEL SO
- If 800 C°° < ITT < 840°C for more than 20s } CL..................FUEL SO
S When passing 45 % NH :
R - Check:
- START green label EXTINGUISHES on FUEL-- ENG SD page
- START P/B ON light extinguished
R - Check maximum start time and max ITT (Refer to Limitation chap 2.01.04)
S When engines parameters are stabilized :
- ENGINE START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . OFF/START ABORT
- GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- DC GEN 2 FAULT LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED
- BLEED / PACK / X VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
R - PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST AS RQD
R GIf Z > 5000ft and SAT > ISA + 25C°, advance PL 2 up to the GUST LOCK stop.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P5 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P6 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
- TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AUTO
- FLT CTL Fault light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- SELCAL (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK CODE
- ENG 1 FIRE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION TEST :
Check the following items :
- ENG 1 FIRE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN / LATCHED / LOCK WIRE
- Any lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- Depress SQUIB TEST P/B and check :
- Both agents SQUIB lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATE
- Select TEST SW on FAULT position and check :
- Associated LOOP A and LOOP B lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATE
- SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOUNDS
- MC Amber light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- LOOP (ALERTING WINDOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISPLAYED AMBER
- Select TEST SW on FIRE position and check :
- Associated FIRE HANDLE red light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- CRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOUNDS
- MW light flashing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- ENG 1 FIRE (EWD + ALERTING WINDOW) . . . . . . DISPLAYED RED
- Press MW to silence CRC and extinguish the MW
- Temporarily select CL out of FUEL S O Position and check :
- Associated CL FUEL S O red light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQRD
- ENG START Rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
- MAIN ELEC PWR Panel + associated ELEC SD page on MFD . . . . . . CHECK
DC GEN 2 extinguished. BTC on line, EMER and MAIN BAT charging, EMER and ESS
BUS supply indicator amber arrow extinguished, UNDV light extinguished.
- CVR and SSFDR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
R CVR TEST :CVR and DFDR test (On BATTERY MODE or HOTEL MODE):
R CVR: when pushing on the CVR TEST PB, the CVR pointer has to be in the green
arc.
R DFDR: the status SYST light (on the FDEP or RCDR panel) has to be extinguished.
R Note: it can take over 1 minute to be extinguished after aircraft power up.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P7 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
- SIGNS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Also check the MEMO PANEL
- EMER EXIT LT TOGGLE SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARM
- EMER EXIT LT DISARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- DE ICING / ANTI ICING Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
Except AFR AIR BLEED Amber light illuminated.
- PROBES HEATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Switch off PROBES HEATING to avoid any burn injury to ground crew.
R (STBY PITOT TUBE is supplied by DC STBY BUS).
R - WINDSHIELD HEATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P8 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
PEDESTAL
- TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R TRIMS TEST
TRIMS CHECK BEFORE EACH FLIGHT
PITCH, ROLL AND YAW TRIM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
STBY PITCH TRIM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
STBY PITCH TRIM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK GUARDED / OFF POSITION
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET FOR TAKE OFF
TRIMS CHECK FOR THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY : (DAILY) refer to 2.03.24
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P9 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
- GUST LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
- VCP : COM, NAV, SURV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET / CHECK
- NAV ND OVLY / TRAFFIC set to ABOVE position
- SURV / XPDR 1 or 2 set to STBY
- TCAS set to AUTO
- MCDU BRIGHTNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
Check “STBY” message on ND/PFD.
R - COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
COCKPIT DOOR DAILY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . refer to 2.03.24
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P 10 001
WITH HOTEL MODE NOV 14
AA
CENTRAL PANEL:
- ICE DETECT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST / CHECK
- STICK PUSHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NO LIGHT
- APM P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NO LIGHT
- APM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
APM Test (daily) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . refer to 2.03.24
- PEC 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESSED IN / NO LIGHT
- ENG BOOST FUNCTION (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- ENG BOOST FUNCTION TEST (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . refer to 2.03.24
- PWR MGT rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
- IESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NO FLAG
- EWD :
- EWD FLIGHT CONTROL window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Check TRIMS and FLAPS, indications
- ENG 1 & 2 INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Check TQ, RTO TQ, TO TQ, NP, ITT
- TAT / SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
ENG PANEL :
- EEC 1 & 2 P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK DEPRESSED IN / NO LIGHT
- ATPCS P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK DEPRESSED IN / NO LIGHT
- CAB PRESS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Check no light
Check the rotary selector is facing the green mark
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P 11 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
- AUTO PRESS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST / CHECK
Depress the TEST P/B and check
- On local panel :
- Cycling display between - 8800 and 18800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- MC + SC + AIR AUTO PRESS on Alerting Window (1 flash) . . . CHECK
- MODE SEL P/B FAULT amber light (1 flash) . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATED
- CABIN SD page :
CAB ALT / VS / ∆P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
ANTISKID PANEL P/B depressed in, no LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
GLARESHIELD :
- GPWS P/B TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P 12 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
- AUDIO CONTROL PANEL INT / RAD selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT
1 - PRESS TO TEST & RESET PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESS & HOLD
- Check :
- Blinker momentarily turns yellow and then goes black (if no leak)
- Oxygen flow sounds through loudspeakers
2 - PRESS TO TEST AND RESET PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLD
RED GRIPS ON EACH SIDE OF THE HOSE . . . . . . . . . . . SQUEEZE
Check :
- Oxygen pressure inflates the harness.
- Blinker momentarily turns yellow and must turn dark if there is no leak.
- Oxygen flow sounds through oudspeakers
3 - PRESS TO TEST AND RESET PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLD
EMERGENCY KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
Check :
- Blinker momentarily turns yellow and must turn dark if there is no leak
- Oxygen flow sounds through loudspeakers.
CAUTION
WHEN TEST COMPLETED : Insure the oxygen mask control panel remain
in the following position :
- OXY LO PR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
- N/100% ROCKER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO 100 %
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.07
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION P 13 001
WITH HOTEL MODE FEB 12
AA
CAPTAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL
- CLOCK TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- PFD
- FMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- AIRSPEED, ALTIMETER, VSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK NO FLAG
- EADI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ATTITUDE
R - EHSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- ND / EHSI : (Select ND on MFD)
- HDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSS CHECK & NO FLAG
R - MEMO PANEL DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F/O LATERAL CONSOLE
- EXTRACT AIRFLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN / GUARDED
- OXYGEN MASK (once a day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- AUDIO SEL 2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.08
P1 001
FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION APR 11
AA
CM2
PF
1 - FMS INITIALIZATION :
At power up, check FMS starts correctly,by checking the following TESTs results.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.08
P2 001
FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION APR 11
AA
- INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- CONF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OK
- NAV DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OK
- STD DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK
Check STD DATA base expiry date. It out of date, swap database on NAV DATA page
or ask for new database loading.
.0
- Press INIT Lsk to open the INIT page
FMS initialization should be prepared using the following flow, performed from INIT
page.
.2
< POS INIT
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.08
P3 001
FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION APR 11
AA
2 - NAVIGATION :
.3
< FPLN INIT
SECONDARY F.PLN
.4
FPLN
3 - PERFORMANCES
- Press DATA key, then INIT Lsk to open INIT Page.
PERFORMANCE DATA part should be prepared
using the following flow.
.5
WEIGHT >
.6
PERF INIT >
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.08
P5 001
FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION APR 11
AA
.7
PERF
- Press PERF key once on MCDU
CAUTION
V1, VR, V2 are automatically computed considering that the runway is
NON- LIMITING.
A MANUAL INSERTION is required for any limitation.
(RWY LIMITATION, OBSTACLE, RWY CONTAMINATION...)
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.08
P6 001
FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION APR 11
AA
CAUTION
Once a vertical wind profile has been entered at one way point, the
SIMPLIFIED MODEL does not apply any more to the rest of the flight
- NAVAIDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
Set : - NAVAIDS using MCP / VCP
- COURSEs using FGCP
- NAV SOURCE on FGCP and
- Check on PFD :
- Cross check NAV SOURCE on PFD (EHSI)
- VOR / ILS 1 & 2 set MANUAL TUNE
Note:
If NOTAMs warn of any unreliable DME or VOR/DME, crew must deselect it from
position computation. Press MCDU DATA key, select NAV FRQ page then
DESELECTED those related NAVAIDs.
- COM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.08
P7 001
FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION FEB 12
AA
CM1
CAUTION
FOB displayed on EWD permanent data is the FOB entered by the crew
in the FMS
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.09
P1 001
HOTEL MODE START UP FEB 12
AA
START SEQUENCE
- ENGINE & PROP AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK CLEAR
- ENGINE START rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A + B
A+B for the 1st flight on the day, then A or B for the next start
- START 2 P/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESSED / ON
Start timing for maximum starter run time
Check : - START P/B ON light illuminated
- START green label on ENG SD page
- ENGINE ROTATION (NH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
S When passing 10 % NH (maximum 19% NH if ITT > 200°c) :
- CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
- TIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START
- ITT rises within 10s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.09
P2 001
HOTEL MODE START UP FEB 12
AA
R
CAUTION
- If ITT < 950°°C } CL...............FUEL S O
- If 840 C°° <ITT <950°°C for more than 5s } CL...............FUEL S O
- If 800 C°° <ITT <840°°C for more than 20s } CL...............FUEL S O
S When passing 45 % NH :
Check :
- START green label EXTINGUISHES on ENG SD page
- START P/B ON light extinguished
Check maximum start time and max ITT (Refer to Limitation chap 2.01.04)
S When engines parameters are stabilized :
- ENGINE START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
- GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- DC GEN 2 FAULT LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED
- BLEED / PACK / X VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
- PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST AS RQRD
If Z > 5000 ft and SAT > ISA + 25C°, advance PL 2 up to the GUST LOCK stop.
Mod : 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.10
BEFORE PROPELLER ROTATION P1 500
NOV 14
AA
BEFORE TAXI
ALL - LEFT / RIGHT SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLEAR
CM2 - NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STABILIZED
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.11
BEFORE TAXI P2 001
NOV 14
AA
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.12
P1 100
TAXI DEC 13
AA
TAXI
CM2 - FGCP
CAUTION
All actions on FGCP needs to be confirmed on FMA
Mod 5948+6521
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.12
P2 001
TAXI APR 11
AA
- Standard calls
- For significant failure before V1, CAPTAIN will call “STOP” and will take
any necessary stop actions.
- Above V1 take off will be continued and no action will be taken except on
CAPTAIN command ;
- Single Engine procedure is.............
- Acceleration Altitude is...................
- Departure clearance is...................
CM1 - CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN FROM CABIN ATTENDANT
ALL - TAXI C/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.13
P1 001
BEFORE TAKE OFF FEB 12
AA
Philosoply of use :
All items “up to the line”, can be done at any time before entering the runway.
“Below the line” items must be done when cleared to line up.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.14
P1 100
TAKE OFF DEC 13
AA
TAKE OFF
For Take Off at 100% TQ, refer to page 1A, 2A. (if applicable)
R CAUTION:
If operations are simultaneously conducted with High Altitude Runways (up to 11.000 ft),
associated procedure(s) in 7.01.07(refer to AFM) have also to be taken into account.
IAS
When reaching 70 Kt
CM2 - “SEVENTY KNOTS” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
R CM1 - SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSS CHECK on PFD
And cross check speeds with IESI
ALL - “I HAVE CONTROL” / “YOU HAVE CONTROL” . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
- If CM1 becomes PF, CM1 announce only “I HAVE CONTROL”
- If CM2 becomes PF, CM1 announce “YOU HAVE CONTROL” & CM2 answer “I
HAVE CONTROL”
PNF - “V1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
R Mod 5948 + 6521
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.14
P 1A 150
TAKE OFF 100% TQ DEC 13
AA
TAKE OFF 100% TQ
R CAUTION:
If operations are simultaneously conducted with High Altitude Runways (up to 11.000 ft),
associated procedure(s) in 7.01.07(refer to AFM) have also to be taken into account.
IAS
When reaching 70 Kt
CM2 - “SEVENTY KNOTS” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
R CM1 - SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSS CHECK on PFD
And cross check speeds with IESI
ALL - “I HAVE CONTROL” / “YOU HAVE CONTROL” . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
- If CM1 becomes PF, CM1 announce only “I HAVE CONTROL”
- If CM2 becomes PF, CM1 announce “YOU HAVE CONTROL” & CM2 answer “I
HAVE CONTROL”
PNF - “V1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
At ACCELERATION ALTITUDE :
PF - “CLIMB PROCEDURE” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
PNF - CLIMB PROCEDURE:
- PL1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK IN THE NOTCH
- PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIMB
- NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- BLEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ON
Note : Pack 2 valve FAULT will illuminate during 10 seconds. A 10 seconds delay
is used for pack 2 valve to avoid pressure shocks.
- SPEED TARGET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAGENTA 170 kt CHECK
- BOOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF (if necessary)
- “CLIMB PROCEDURE COMPLETED” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
PNF - FMA MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
PF - FMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
When reaching VR :
PNF - “ROTATE” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
PF - ROTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
Note : rotates smoothly and follow FD bar.
When cleared to a FL :
ALL - ALTIMETERS 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET STD & CROSS CHECK
Note : Set Standard pressure by pushing BARO SET P/B
ALL - AFTER TAKE OFF C/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
PNF - AFTER TAKE OFF procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
CHARACTERISTIC SPEEDS :
TAKE OFF SPEEDS Normal condition
CLIMB
CRUISE
At Cruise FL :
R PNF - SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R PNF - CRUISE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPUTE WITH QRH
SYSTEMS :
R PNF - ALL SYSTEMS on SD Page . . . . . . . . . . . . PERIODICALLY CHECK
FUEL :
R PNF - FUEL / FOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
ON FMS :
R PNF - CRZ ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R PNF - WINDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET / CHECK
ALL - PREDICTIONS : (TOD, EFOB, PRAIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.15
P2 001
CLIMB - CRUISE FEB 12
PROCEDURE
Limitations:
The reduced power cruise is not allowed in case of icing conditions, as the IAS may
already be decreased due to ice accretion on the airframe.
In case of an engine failure, the PLs need to be immediately moved back into the notch,
power management to MCT.
From a maintenance point of view, reduced power operations may achieve lower engine
overhaul costs as a result of the reduced power settings.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.15
P3 001
CRUISE FEB 12
Mod: 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.16
P1 001
BEFORE DESCENT - DESCENT FEB 12
PF FMS PREPARATION :
PF should run through the following 2 steps to prepare the FMS :
1 - NAVIGATION
2 - PERFORMANCE
1 - NAVIGATION :
.
FPLN
. SECONDARY F- PLN
FPLN
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.16
P2 001
BEFORE DESCENT - DESCENT DEC 13
2 - PERFORMANCE :
.
PERF
PF - NAVAIDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
Prepare NAVAIDs using MCP VCP
Set - NAVAIDs using MCP / VCP (MCDU / RMS should only be used as
back up)
- COURSEs using FGCP
- Check on PFD :
- Cross check NAV SOURCE on PFD (EHSI)
- VOR / ILS 1&2 set MANUAL TUNE
Remark :
If ATIS warns of any unreliable DME or VOR/DME, crew must deselected.
Press DATA key, select NAV FRQ page then DESELECTED those related
NAVAIDs.
PF - GO AROUND TQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
ALL - DH / MDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET & CHECK
ALL - ARRIVAL BRIEFING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETE
ARRIVAL BRIEFING:
Main points are : - Minimum safe altitude
- Weather at destination
- Approach procedures
- Decision Altitude / Height
- Go around Procedures
- Alternate
- Extra fuel
R ALL - DESCENT C/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETE
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.16
P3 001
BEFORE DESCENT - DESCENT DEC 13
DESCENT
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.16
P4 100
BEFORE DESCENT - DESCENT FEB 12
CHARACTERISTIC SPEEDS
R
CAUTION Max ∆ P authorized at landing = 0.35 psi
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.18
P1 100
BEFORE LANDING DEC 13
AA
- DU CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Check display :
PF : - MFD= ND ARC / VOR1+2 MAN, PM :-- MFD = ND / COM
- MCDU = PERF APP page - MCDU = FPLN page
- At appropriate speed :
PF - “FLAPS 15” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
PNF - FLAPS 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
PNF - “FLAPS 15” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
When FLAPS 15 are extended
R PNF - TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK LO SPEED
- At appropriate speed :
PF - “GEAR DOWN” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
PNF - LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
PNF - PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
PNF - TAXI & TAKE OFF LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
- At appropriate speed :
R PF - “FLAPS 30” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
R PNF - FLAPS 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
R PNF - “FLAPS 30” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
When FLAPS 30 are extended
R PNF - TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK LO SPEED
ALL - SPEED versus ICING CONDITIONS (ICING AOA LT) . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R PF - PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST TO MAINTAIN V APP
Note : Vapp must be updated with the actual wind, in perf page
Mod : 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.19
P1 100
LANDING DEC 13
At DH +500 ft (Or MDA + 500ft)
PNF “FIVE HUNDRED ABOVE“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
At DH +100 ft (Or MDA + 100ft)
PNF “ONE HUNDRED ABOVE” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
At DH (Or MDA) :
PNF “MINIMUM” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
PF - “LAND” or “GO AROUND, SET POWER, FLAPS” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE AS APPROPRIATE
PF - AP DISCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM & ANNOUNCE
AP Disconnect PB press twice
R PNF - YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISENGAGE
R - YAW TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CENTER
PNF - FLIGHT PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
At 20 ft (radio altimeter)
PF - PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
PF - FLARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORM
After touch down :
PNF - IDLE GATE AUTOMATIC RETRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
PF - PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
PNF - BOTH LOW PITCH GREEN LABEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
PNF - “2 LOW PITCH” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
R PF ACTION on
ENGINES LO PITCH LIGHT PM ANNOUNCE
REVERSE
2 ENG 2 LO PITCH green “2 LOW PITCH” Normal use
1 LO PITCH green & 1 NO REV
“NO REVERSE” No reverse
reverse video red
2 NO REV red reverse video “NO REVERSE” No reverse
1 LO PITCH green & 1 LO PITCH
1 ENG “ONE LOW PITCH” Use with care
amber or NO REV reverse video
Simultaneously:
PF - “GO AROUND, SET POWER, FLAPS ONE NOTCH” . . . . . . . . ANNOUNCE
PF - GO AROUND P/B on PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
PF - PL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVANCE TO RAMP
PF - PITCH ATTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROTATE to GO AROUND PITCH
R PNF - FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT ONE NOTCH
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.21
P1 001
AFTER LANDING FEB 12
AA
CAUTION
Do not perform ENG TEST while taxiing as ACW is temporary lost and,
subsequently, both main HYD pumps are temporarily lost as well.
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.21
P2 001
AFTER LANDING FEB 12
AA
Note : Keep running at least one minute at GI power before shutting down to assist
in reducing residual heat build up in the engine nacelle.
Note : After the last flight of the day, maintain feather position for 20 seconds before
selecting FUEL SO to allow oil level check by maintenance.
CM2 - ACW BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK CLOSED
ALL - AFTER LANDING C/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETE
CM2 - ACW BUSSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK SUPPLIED
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.22
P1 001
PARKING NOV 14
AA
Note : If possible, park the aircraft with wind relative to the nose at 10 o’clock, to
minimize noise and exhaust gas inconvenience when in hotel mode.
Marshaller in sight (last turn):
CM2 - HYD SYST PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK 3x 3000 psi
CM1 - TAXI & TO LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
At the stand:
CM1 - PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Check HYD PRESS 3x 3000 psi
CM1 - CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
CM1 - READY LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ILLUMINATED
CM1 - PROP BRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
CAUTION
Engage PROP BRK only when NP STABILISED
CAUTION
If PROP BRK is used, ensure that propeller area is clear and protected
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.23
P1 001
LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT APR 11
AA
LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT
Mod 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.24
P1 001
DAILY CHECKS DEC 13
AA
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST (once a day)
- Release gust lock
- Push control column in nose down position
- Select WARN rotary selector (LH maintenance panel) to STICK PUSHER YES
- Depress and maintain PTT
- Monitor stall cricket and stick shaker.
- After ten seconds, monitor:
CHAN 1 and CHAN2 illuminate green on LH maintenance panel.
STICK PUSHER lights illuminate green on both pilots FMA.
Stick pusher actuator operates.
- Select WARN rotary selector to NORM FLT
- Reengage the gust lock
ATPCS TEST (dynamic test: once a day) (autofeather and uptrim while engines
running)
Conditions: - PL 1 + 2 in GI - CL 1 + 2 in AUTO.
- ATPCS P/B depressed in, OFF light extinguished
- PWR MGT on TO position
Check the following results on EWD:
- Turn the ATPCS knob to the left to the arm position and check
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE
- NP & NH INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE
- Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 1 position and check :
- ENG 2 UPTRIM LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO CHANGE
- NP, NH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE SLIGHTLY
- TQ 1 needles indication . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE BELOW 18 %
- After 2.15 s : associated propeller is automatically feathered
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- PROP 1 AUTO FTR LABEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISPLAYS
- Turn the ATPCS knob to the right to the arm position and check :
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE
- NP & NH INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE
- Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 2 position and check :
- ENG 1 UPTRIM LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATES
- TQ 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO CHANGE
- NP, NH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE SLIGHTLY
- TQ 2 needles indication . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE BELOW 18 %
- After 2.15 s : associated propeller is automatically feathered
- ARM light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
- PROP 2 AUTO FTR LABEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISPLAYS
R CAUTION : Do not perform ENG TEST while taxiing as ACW is temporarily lost and
consequently, both HYD pumps are temporarlily lost as well.
Note : If ENG TEST must be repeated, wait 10 minutes before setting ATPCS selector
in ENG position in order not to damage feathering pumps. (Winding heating).
Mod: 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.24
P2 001
DAILY CHECKS FEB 12
AA
Mod: 5948
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2.03.24
P3 001
DAILY CHECKS NOV 14
AA
APM TEST:
1 - Press and hold the APM PTT TEST P/B for all test duration and check:
2 - Check FMA :
- CRZ SPEED LOW
- DGD PERF
- INCREASE SPEED (flashing)
3 - Check : APM FAULT light (Local alarm)
4 - Check on FWS ALERTING Window (flashing)
- INCREASE SPEED
- DEGRADED PERF
- APM FAULT
Release APM PTT TEST P/B and check :
- ALL ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISH
Conditions :
- PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
- EEC 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Test for each BOOST rating :
- Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
After 5s :
- ON light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ILLUMINATED
- FAULT light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTINGUISHED
End of test :
- ENG BOOST FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Note : Test can be performed disregarding engine running condition (both engines running,
and both engines shut-- off)
Mod: 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.00
P1 100
CONTENTS FEB 12
AA
2.04.00 CONTENTS
2.04.01 INTRODUCTION
( including human factor recommendations for Electronic Check List use)
2.04.02 POWER PLANT
Alert Procedure
ENG 1(2) FIRE ENG 1(2) FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE IN
FLIGHT
ENG 1(2) FIRE ENG 1(2) FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE ON
GROUND
ENG 1(2) FIRE ENG 1(2) FIRE AT TAKE OFF
ENG 1+2 OUT BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT
ENG 1(2) OUT ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT AT TAKE OFF
2.04.03 SMOKE
Alert Procedure
SMOKE
ELEC SMK ELECTRICAL SMOKE
AIR COND SMOKE
FWD SMK FWD SMOKE
AFT SMK AFT SMOKE
AUX AFT SMK AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE
2.04.05 MISCELLANEOUS
Alert Procedure
EMERGENCY DESCENT
DITCHING
FORCED LANDING
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION
BOMB ON BOARD
SEVERE ICING
RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR ABNORMAL ROLL CONTROL
UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION
PM -- Pilot monitoring
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.01
P2 100
INTRODUCTION DEC 13
AA
PROCEDURES INITIATION
- No action will be taken (apart from depressing MW pb):
. Until flight path is stabilized.
. Under 400 ft above runway (except for propeller feathering after engine failure
during approach at reduced power if go around is considered).
- Before performing a procedure, the crew must assess the situation as a whole, taking
into consideration the failures, when fully identified, and the constraints
imposed.
FWS ALERTING
( see page 3 )
R FWS ALERTING
When the TO inhibition signal computed by FMA is actived, all alerts are inhibed exept
(this inhibition is cancelled automatically at landing gear retraction or manually by action
on the RCL push-- button) :
WARNING CAUTION
- ENG 1 (2) OUT - APCH CAPABILITY
- LDG GEAR NOT DN - FD MODE REVERSION
- CONFIG - ALTITUDE ALERT
- NAC OVHT - PITCH TRIM ASYM
- PROP BREAK - FLT CTL TLU
- ENG 1 (2) OIL PRESS - AP PITCH TRIM
- FLAPS UNLK - PICH MISTRIM
- PITCH DISC - AILERON MISTRIM
- EXCESS CAB ∆P - RUDDER MISTRIM
- EXCESS CAB ALT - AP YAW TRIM
- TRIM RUNAWAY - ADC 1+2
- AP DISCONNECTION - AHRS 1+2
- IRS 1+2
- ATT DISAGREE
- IAS DISAGREE
- ALT DISAGREE
- MFC 1B + 2B
- FLT CTL TLU
- ADC
- AHRS
- AHRS NOT ALIGN
- IRS
- IRS NOT ALIGN
- IRS IN ALIGN
- HDG DISAGREE
- IRS ATT ONLY
- DATA RECORDER
- CALLS
- VLE, VFE EXCEED
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.02
P1 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
PROCEDURE
ENG 1 (2) FIRE OR SEVERE
MECHANICAL DAMAGE IN FLIGHT
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persists after 10 seconds
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
COMMENTS
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.02
P2 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
PROCEDURE
ENG 1 (2) FIRE OR SEVERE
MECHANICAL DAMAGE ON GROUND
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE AS RQD
F When aircraft stopped
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persists
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If evacuation required
EMER EVACUATION ON GROUND procedure (2.04.05)) . . . . . . . APPLY
COMMENTS
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.02
P3 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
R ENG 1 (2) FIRE AT TAKE OFF
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Fire signal -- MW light flashing red CRC
-- Associated ENG 1(2) FIRE
red message on EWD + Red
reverse video FIRE 1 (2) on
EWD engine indications
-- red light in associated FIRE
handle
-- Fuel SO red light in
associated CL
PROCEDURE
R
ENG 1 (2) FIRE AT TAKE OFF
Note: Captain may decide to shut down affected engine before reaching
acceleration altitude, but not before 400ft AGL.
F When airborne
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F At acceleration altitude
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
F At VFTO
J If normal condition
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°
J If icing condition
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN 15°
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If fire persists after 10 seconds
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If fire persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.02
P4 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Both engines -- MW light flashing red CRC
flame--out -- Associated ENG 1+2 OUT red message on EWD
PROCEDURE
BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30 % (no automatic relight)
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
OPTIMUM SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vm HB
COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VHF 1
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A & B
ENG 2 RELIGHT
ENG 2 START pb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F When NH above 10%
CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
ENG 2 RELIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
CL 2 then PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
ENG 1 RELIGHT
ENG 1 START pb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F When NH above 10%
CL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
ENG 1 RELIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
CL 1 then PL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
J If neither engine starts
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF/START ABORT
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FORCED LANDING or DITCHING procedure(2.04.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION : Do not select AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE to OVBD.
R J If at least one engine recovered
CL / PL engine(s) recovered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
J If one engine not recovered
CL engine NON recovered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure(2.05.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R SYSTEMS affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE
APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.02
P5 001
POWER PLANT APR 11
AA
COMMENTS
- Fuel supply check consists in checking correct fuel quantity and correct pressure (use
Engine secondary SD page to have access to fuel data).
- In short final, reduce speed as required by landing field in order to touch down with
minimum vertical speed;
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.02
P6 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG 1 (2) FLAME OUT AT TAKE OFF
ALERT
An engine flame out may be recognized by :
- Sudden dissymetry
- TQ decrease
- Rapid ITT decrease
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
engine flame out -- MW light flashing red CRC
or ATPCS -- Associated ENG 1 (2) OUT red
sequence message on EWD + AUTO FTR and
UPTRIM labels on EWD
PROCEDURE
ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT AT TAKE OFF
R
UPTRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
AUTOFEATHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
J If no uptrim
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVANCE TO THE RAMP
F When airborne
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF, IF NOT FAULT
F At acceleration altitude
ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
F At VFTO
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN THE NOTCH
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
J If normal conditions
SPD DGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK VFTO
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°
J If icing conditions
SPD DGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK VFTO ICING FLAPS 15_
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN 15°
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
BLEED engine alive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF if necessary
J If damage suspected
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure(2.05.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no damage suspected
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT procedure(2.05.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If unsuccessful :
LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure(2.05.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P1 001
SMOKE FEB 12
AA
SMOKE
PROCEDURE
SMOKE
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P2 001
SMOKE FEB 12
AA
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
-- MW light flashing red
-- ELEC SMK red message on
Smoke detected in the EWD CRC
avionics ventilation circuit
-- associated ELEC SMK red
indication on SD cabin page.
PROCEDURE
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
SMOKE procedure(2.04.03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
SUSPECTED EQUIPMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If smoke origin not identified
LAND ASAP
ACW TOTAL LOSS procedure(2.05.04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If smoke origin identified
NOT AFFECTED EQUIPMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE
R F During descent when nP below 1 PSI
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM
COMMENTS
- Avionics compartment ventilation without cabin contamination is ensured by :
- selecting AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST mode OVBD
- shuting off the recirculation fans
- selecting the PACKS AIR FLOW HIGH.
- Auto isolation is prepared on the main electrical system by opening the BTC.
- Suspected equipment may be shut off contingently by pulling out associated circuit
breaker.
- When nP < 1 PSI, OVBD VALVE is selected FULL OPEN and AVIONICS VENT
EXHAUST mode NORM in order to recover air evacuation capability through the
EXTRACT FAN without any pressurization problem.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P3 001
SMOKE FEB 12
AA
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Ensure crew communication is established. Avoid the use of interphone position to
minimize interference from oxygen mask breathing noise. Check oxygen mask at
100%.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P4 001
SMOKE FEB 12
AA
FWD SMOKE
ALERT
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P5 001
SMOKE APR 11
AA
COMMENTS
- Ensure crew communication is established. Avoid the use of interphone position to
minimize interference from oxygen mask breathing noise. Check oxygen mask at
100%.
- Cargo ventilation without cabin or cockpit contamination is ensured by:
- selecting AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST mode OVBD
- shuting off the recirculation fans
- selecting HIGH the PACKS AIR FLOW
- isolating the cockpit panels ventilation by selecting EXTRACT AIR FLOW to
CLOSED.
- Cabin crew is in charge to locate and kill source of smoke with the extinguisher.
- Cabin crew uses the portable oxygen bottle with the full face mask on 100 % position
with full pressure. A fire extinguisher (3 kg - 7 Lbs) is available at the left front
Locker).
- When nP < 1 PSI, OVBD VALVE is selected full open and avionics VENT NORM in
order to recover air evacuation capability through the extract fan without any
pressurization problem.
Mod 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P6 001
SMOKE FEB 12
AA
AFT SMOKE
ALERT
Mod 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.03
P7 001
SMOKE FEB 12
AA
ALERT
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
Aux aft cargo ventilation valve closes as soon as the aux aft cargo smoke signal is
generated and remains closed when the extinguishing agent has been discharged to
improve the agent efficiency.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.04
P1 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
DUAL DC GEN LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
DC generation -- MW light flashing red CRC
channel is -- ELEC DC GEN 1+ 2 red message on EWD and 2
inoperative DC GEN amber message on EWD.
-- DC GEN 1(2) fault + DC BUS 1(2) OFF +
INV 2 FAULT + AC BUS 1(2) OFF + SHED
on overhead panel and in AC/DC SD page.
PROCEDURE
DUAL DC GEN LOSS
R PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
DC GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
J If no generator recovered
HYD GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.04
P2 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
DUAL DC GEN LOSS
.../...
R DE-- \ ANTI-- ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure(2.05.09) . . . . APPLY
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure(2.05.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
COMMENTS
- Safety analysis leads us to consider the case when the DUAL DC GEN LOSS is due
to :
. Single engine operation,
. DC GEN inoperative on the operating engine.
In such a case, HYD GREEN PUMP has to be set to OFF position in order not to
overload the ACW GEN of the remaining engine.
- Selecting TRU ON allows to recover EMER, ESS and STBY (AC and DC) buses supply
from ACW generators.
- HYD X FEED is opened in order to pressurize the whole hydraulic system from blue
pump.
- Minimum cabin light must be switched OFF to limit the electrical load of the TRU.
- As DC BUS 1 is lost, automatic pressurization is lost.
- Both stick pusher and stick shaker are lost without FAULT alarm.
- DC STBY BUS undervoltage may occur due to a failure of the STBY BUS system
circuit. In this event, the OVRD function may be used to transfer the STBY BUS supply
from the MAIN BAT BUS to the EMER BAT BUS.
- PA must be used for pax instructions because cabin signs are not supplied in emergency.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P1 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
AA
EMERGENCY DESCENT
PROCEDURE
EMERGENCY DESCENT
OXYGEN MASKS / CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
R GOGGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
COMMENTS
- Oxygen may be used with N/100 % rocker in N position if air in the cabin is not
contaminated.
- Maximum airspeed is MMO/VMO. But if structural damage is suspected, use the flight
controls with care and reduce speed as appropriate. Landing gear may be extended in
order to increase rate of descent.
- Notify ATC of the nature of the emergency encountered and state intentions. In the
event ATC cannot be contacted, select code A7700 or transmit the distress message
on one of the following frequencies (VHF) 121,5 MHz or (HF) 8364 KHz. Only VHF 1 is
available on battery.
- CL are selected 100% OVRD to increase drag and consequently to increase the rate of
descent.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P2 001
MISCELLANEOUS DEC 13
DITCHING
PROCEDURE
DITCHING
Mod : 5948
APR 11
A7700
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P4 001
MISCELLANEOUS APR 11
AA
Note : This illustration is given as an example. It is not necessary the LH wing which
is down.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P5 001
MISCELLANEOUS DEC 13
FORCED LANDING
PROCEDURE
FORCED LANDING
Mod : 5948
APR 11
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P7 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
COMMENTS
Careful analysis is required to decide passenger evacuation, however useful time
should not be wasted.
Notify ATC on the nature of the emergency and state intentions. Only VHF 1 is available on
battery.
On battery, only PA is available to communicate with cabin crew.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P8 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
BOMB ON BOARD
PROCEDURE
BOMB ON BOARD
AUTO PRESS-- LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CABIN ALTITUDE
R ALT SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESCENT TO CABIN ALTITUDE
AVOID LOAD FACTORS
HANDLE BOMB CAREFULLY - AVOID SHOCKS
R
PLACE BOMB NEAR SERVICE DOOR PREFERABLY IN A BAG
ATTACHED TO THE DOOR HANDLE.
SURROUND IT WITH DAMPING MATERIAL
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P9 001
MISCELLANEOUS DEC 13
SEVERE ICING
MINIMUM ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE by 10 kt
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
AP (if engaged) . . . . . . . . . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P 10 001
MISCELLANEOUS APR 11
AA
COMMENTS
- Since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes in handling
characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when the severe icing defined above
exists, or when unusual lateral trim requirements or autopilot trim warnings are
encountered while the airplane is in icing conditions.
- Due to the limited volume of atmosphere where icing conditions usually exists, it is
possible to exit those conditions either :
. by climbing 2000 or 3000 ft, or
. if terrain clearance allows, by descending into a layer of air temperature above
freezing, or
. by changing course based on information provided by ATC.
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P 11 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P 12 001
MISCELLANEOUS DEC 13
Mod : 5948
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2.04.05
P 13 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
F Final Approach
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 35% TQ .
BEFORE LANDING normal procedure (2.03.18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
NOTE: Set an average pitch of --5° for a 3° slope approach.
COMMENTS
- Drift of all the airspeed indications occurs if pitots are partially or fully obstructed.
- This obstruction may be due to the severe icing or volcanic ashes.
- NEVER REENGAGE the autopilot and/or the yaw damper. The autopilot computer uses
the airspeed data to compute the deflection of the rudder. With an erroneous airspeed, the
autopilot orders inappropriate deflections of the rudder, which can lead to severe
structural damages and lost of control of the aircraft.
- The stall alert is triggered with the angle of attack, and has to be respected
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.00
P1 100
CONTENTS FEB 12
2.05.00 CONTENTS
2.05.01 INTRODUCTION
( including human factor recommendations for Electronic Check List use)
2.05.02 POWER PLANT
Alert Procedure
R SINGLE ENG SINGLE ENG OPERATION
R ENG START START FAULT
R ENG X START X START FAIL
ABNORMAL PARAMETERS DURING START
R ENG START ITT EXCESSIVE ITT DURING START
R ENG START ITT NO ITT DURING START
ENG START NO NH NO NH DURING START
R NAC OVHT NAC OVHT
ABNORMAL ENG PARAMETERS IN FLIGHT
FIRE LOOP 1A FIRE LOOP 1A (1B)(2A)(2B) FAULT
(1B)(2A)(2B)
PROP BRK ABNORMAL PROP BRK (IF APPLICABLE)
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT
ENG STALL
ENG EEC ONE EEC FAULT
ENG EEC 1+2 BOTH EEC FAULT
ENG 1(2) OUT ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT IN FLIGHT
R ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT ON GROUND
R IDLE GATE IDLE GATE FAIL
R ENG PROP NP UNEXPECTED 100% NP ON ONE OR BOTH ENGINES
ENG 1(2) PEC SG CH PEC 1(2) SGL CH
ENG 1(2) PEC PEC 1(2) FAULT
ENG LO PITCH LO PITCH IN FLIGHT
R ENG 1(2) OVER LIMIT ENG 1(2) OVER LIMIT
ENG 1(2) PROP LIM PROP 1(2) OVER LIMIT
ENG1(2) OIL TEMP L ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP BELOW 45_C
ENG1(2) OIL TEMP H ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP HIGH
ENG 1(2) OIL OVHT00
ENG 1(2) OIL PRESS ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR
ENG BOOST ENG BOOST FAULT (IF APPLICABLE)
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.00
P4 100
CONTENTS FEB 12
2.05.07 LANDING GEAR
Alert Procedure
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION
LANDING WITH ABNORMAL LDG GEAR
LDG GEAR LDG GEAR UNSAFE INDICATION
LDG GEAR RETRACTION IMPOSSIBLE
WHEELS A-- SKID ANTI-- SKID FAULT
WHEELS BRK HOT BRK TEMP HOT
2.05.08 AIR
Alert Procedure
R AIR BLEED 1(2) BLEED VALVE 1(2) FAULT
AIR BLEED1(2) OVHT BLEED 1(2) OVHT
AIR BLEED 1(2) BLEED 1(2) LEAK
R AIR X VALVE X BLEED VALVE OPEN
AIR PACK PACK VALVE FAULT
AIR PACK 1+2 BOTH PACK VALVES FAULT
AIR RECIR FAN 1(2) RECIRC FAN 1(2) FAULT
R AIR DUCT 1(2) OVHT DUCT OVHT
R CAB ALT CABIN ALTITUDE
EXCESS CAB ALT EXCESS CAB ALT
AIR AUTO PRESS AUTO PRESS FAULT
R CAB nP CABIN nP
R NEGATIVE CAB nP NEGATIVE CAB nP
EXCESS CAB nP EXCESS CAB nP
AIR VENT EXH AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE FAULT
AIR OVBD OVBD VALVE FAULT
2.05.10 AUTOPILOT
Alert Procedure
AILERON MISTRIM AILERON MISTRIM
or EXCESSIVE LATERAL TRIM REQUIRED
or ABNORMAL FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS
R PITCH MISTRIM PITCH MISTRIM
R RUDDER MISTRIM RUDDER MISTRIM
AP PITCH TRIM AP PITCH TRIM FAIL
R AP YAW TRIM YAW AUTOTRIM FAIL
2.05.13 MISCELLANEOUS
Alert Procedure
IOM 12 COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANEL FAULT (If installed)
R RAD-- ALT LOSS LOSS OF RADIO ALTIMETER INFORMATION
R AIR AFT (FWD) DET FAN SMK DET FANS FAULT
DOOR EMER DOORS UNLK IN FLIGHT
DOOR LH(RH) FWD
DOOR LH(RH) AFT
DOOR FWD COMPT
COCKPIT WINDOW CRACKED
OXY OXYGEN LO PR
R VOLCANISH ASH ENCOUNTER
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.01
P1 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
GENERAL
The procedures following failures represent the actions applicable after a failure to ensure
adequate dafety and to ease the further conduct of the flight. They are applied according
to the “Read and Do” principle except for the memory items.
PRESENTATION
The procedures are presented in the basic check list format with an adjacent expanded
section which provides:
- indication of the particular failure, alert condition
- explanation for actions where the reason is not self evident
- additional background information
The abbreviations used are identical with the nomenclature on the cockpit panels. All
actions are printed in CAPITAL letters.
Q : a preceding black square is used to identify a pre-- condition (in bold) for given
action(s).
O : a preceding black dot is used to indicate the moment (in bold) when given action(s)
have to be applied.
TASK SHARING
For all procedures, the general task sharing stated below is applicable.
The pilot flying remains pilot flying throughout the procedure.
PF, Pilot Flying, responsible for:
- PL
- flight path and airspeed control
- aircraft configuration
- navigation
PM, Pilot Monitoring, responsible for:
- check list reading
- execution of required actions
- actions on overhead panel
- CL
- communications
The AFCS is always coupled to the PF side (CPL selection).
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.01
P2 100
INTRODUCTION DEC 13
AA
PROCEDURES INITIATION
- No action will be taken (apart from depressing MW pb):
. Until flight path is stabilized.
. Under 400 ft above runway (except for propeller feathering after engine failure
during approach at reduced power if go around is considered).
- Before performing a procedure, the crew must assess the situation as a whole, taking
into consideration the failures, when fully identified, and the constraints
imposed.
FWS ALERTING
( see page 3 )
R FWS ALERTING
When the TO inhibition signal computed by FMA is actived, all alerts are inhibed exept
(this inhibition is cancelled automatically at landing gear retraction or manually by action
on the RCL push-- button) :
WARNING CAUTION
- ENG 1 (2) OUT - APCH CAPABILITY
- LDG GEAR NOT DN - FD MODE REVERSION
- CONFIG - ALTITUDE ALERT
- NAC OVHT - PITCH TRIM ASYM
- PROP BREAK - FLT CTL TLU
- ENG 1 (2) OIL PRESS - AP PITCH TRIM
- FLAPS UNLK - PICH MISTRIM
- PITCH DISC - AILERON MISTRIM
- EXCESS CAB ∆P - RUDDER MISTRIM
- EXCESS CAB ALT - AP YAW TRIM
- TRIM RUNAWAY - ADC 1+2
- AP DISCONNECTION - AHRS 1+2
- IRS 1+2
- ATT DISAGREE
- IAS DISAGREE
- ALT DISAGREE
- MFC 1B + 2B
- FLT CTL TLU
- ADC
- AHRS
- AHRS NOT ALIGN
- IRS
- IRS NOT ALIGN
- IRS IN ALIGN
- HDG DISAGREE
- IRS ATT ONLY
- DATA RECORDER
- CALLS
- VLE, VFE EXCEED
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P1 001
POWER PLANT NOV 14
AA
SINGLE ENG OPERATION
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Engine flame out - MC light flashing amber SC
- SINGLE ENG amber message
on EWD
PROCEDURE
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P2 001
POWER PLANT DEC 13
AA
PROCEDURE
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P3 100
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
START FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Start sequence incident - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG START amber message
on EWD + amber reverse video
START indication
- associed START FAULT amber
light on overhead panel
START FAULT
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
■ If above 45 % NH
START ON LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO BE CONTINUED
X START FAIL
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
On ground, during second - MC light flashing amber SC
R engine start, operative DC - ENG X START amber
GEN does not come on line to message on EWD
supply the START BUS - X START FAIL amber light on
between 10 % and 45 % NH overhead panel
PROCEDURE
X START FAIL
CONTINUE NORMAL ENGINE START
R MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P5 100
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
NO ITT DURING START
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
NO ITT during start - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG START ITT amber
message on EWD
PROCEDURE
NO NH DURING START
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
NO NH during start - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG START NO NH amber
message on EWD
PROCEDURE
NO NH DURING START
Note : On BAT only, OIL PRESS IND is not available.
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A or START B
START PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
■ If after 10 seconds OIL pressure increases
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
Continue START procedure, being informed NH indicator is inoperative.
■ If after 10 seconds no OIL pressure
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
Suspect starter motor failure. Maintenance action is required.
PROCEDURE
NAC OVHT
■ If during hotel mode operation
PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
■ If during taxi
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLIGHTLY INCREASE POWER
R ■ If NAC OVHT persist within 30 seconds
PARKING BREAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R FUEL PUMP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RETURN TO PARKING
COMMENTS
- In case of tailwind component greater than 10 kt and just after engine start, propeller
must be unfeathered rapidly to take advantage of the wind created by propeller
rotation and consequently to avoid exhaust gas return flow in the nacelle.
- When taxiing with tail wind component, use of reverse requires special care as air flow
created by propeller reversing combined with tail wind will induce an exhaust gas
return flow which may damage the nacelle. It is consequently recommended not leave
PL in reverse position for any period of time exceeding 10 seconds.
- NAC OVHT alert is inhibited when both wow systems detect aircraft airborne.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P7 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
COMMENTS
- AFU provides TQ indication to the cockpit intruments. (needle).
- Untimely TQ indication drop lasting more than 2.15 seconds will induce an ATPCS
sequence if ATPCS was already armed.
- With engine at high power, a spurious ATPCS sequence would provoke an automatic
feathering and a very significant overtorque deselecting ATPCS will avoid such a
possibility.
- With no reliable TQ indication, engine power monitoring is assured on the affected
engine through NH / NP indications.
- Refer to 2.02.11 page 2.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P8 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
PROCEDURE
FIRE LOOP 1A (1B) (2A) (2B) FAULT
LOOP AFFECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P9 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ABNORMAL PROP BRK (If applicable)
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Propeller brake not locked in - UNLK red light on overhead panel CRC
full locked or in full released - MW+PROP BRK red message on EWD
position - or-- - or-- with action on PROP BRK SW :
Propeller brake engaged and - UNLK red light on overhead panel then
GUST LOCK released - or-- after 30 seconds
Propeller brake engaged and - MW+PROP BRK red message on EWD
propeller rotating
PROCEDURE
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 10 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Engine relighting in flight is only guaranteed within the envelope and always
necessitate starter assistance.
- The power may be restored immediately after relighting provided OIL TEMP > 0°C.
- Should the engine fail to light up within 10 seconds, select fuel to shut off, the ignition
OFF and allow engine to be ventilated for 30 seconds minimum prior to making
another attempt.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 11 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG STALL
ALERT
An engine stall may be recognized by :
- varying degrees of abnormal engine noise (rumbling bangs)
- fluctuating engine parameters
- abnormal PL response
- rapid ITT increase
PROCEDURE
ENG STALL
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
J If abnormal engine parameters
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02 page 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If normal engine parameters
DE-- /ANTI-- ICING ENG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLOWLY ADVANCE
J If stall recurs
Reduce thrust and operate below the stall threshold
R J If normal operations recovered
R Continue normal operation
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 12 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
ONE EEC FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
EEC failure - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG EEC amber MESSAGE on EWD
- associated EEC FAULT amber light on central
panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
Refer to 2.05.02 page 14.
mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 13 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
BOTH EEC FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Both EEC failure - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG EEC 1+2 amber message on EWD
- EEC FAULT amber light(s) on central panel
PROCEDURE
R EEC 1 + 2 FAULT
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION: DO NOT DESELECT EEC FLASHING.
F When adequate flight situation
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETARD IN GREEN SECTOR
R EEC 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If EEC 1 + 2 recovered
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
J If only one EEC recovered
R ONE EEC FAULT procedure (2.05.02 page 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R J If EEC 1+2fault persists
EEC 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER,
R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLE THROTTLES WITH CARE
TQ IND ENG 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F In the following cases : icing conditions, engine(s) flame out,
emergency descent, severe turbulence, heavy rain
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F In final approach
R CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10 kt
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
Note: Refer to Part 4 to determine landing distance
Note: If engine failure during go around, do not reduce PL below 45°before
feathering
F After landing
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
CAUTION : Both main HYD pumps will be lost at low speed.
Note: Revers power is reduced
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES, HANDLE THROTTLES WITH CARE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 15 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT IN FLIGHT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Engine 1(2) flame - MW light flashing amber SC
out - ENG 1(2) OUT amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30% (no immediate relight)
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
J If damage suspected
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02 page 1) . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no damage suspected
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT procedure (2.05.02 page 10) . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If engine out confirmed
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02 page 1) . . . . . . . APPLY
COMMENTS
- Shut down the engine if no immediate relight.
- The causes of engine flame out can generally be divided into two categories :
. External causes such as icing, very heavy turbulence, fuel mismanagement. These
causes, which may affect both engines can generally be easily determined and an
immediate relight can be attempted.
. Internal causes which as engine stalls or failures usually affect a single engine and are
not so easily determined. In these cases, the engine is shut down then the cause of the
flame out investigated. If it cannot be positively determined what caused the flame
out, the need for engine restart should be evaluated against the risk or further engine
damage or fire that may result from a restart attempt.
- If damage is suspected, as precautionary measure, the FIRE handle is pulled.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 16 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT ON GROUND
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- In flight, pushing idle gate lever sets the stop at FI.
- On ground, pulling the lever removes the stop and allows reduction below FI (GI and
reverse).
- One reason for IDLE GATE FAIL alert may be a problem in the WOW (Weight On Wheel)
system. Other systems may be affected. Report to maintenance.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 17 100
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
R UNEXPECTED 100% NP ON ONE OR BOTH ENGINES
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Unexpected 100% NP on one or - MC light flashing amber SC
R two engines
- ENG PROP NP amber
message on EWD
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- In case of PEC FAULT at landing :
. do not set PLs below FI before nose wheel is on the ground
. do not use reverse on affected engine
PROCEDURE
R J If below 400 ft
GO AROUND procedure (2.03.17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R F Above 400 ft or at acceleration altitude
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
R J If PEC recovered
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
R J If PEC fault persists
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AVOID sudden PL movements
R F Before landing
CL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
Reverse is not available on affected side.
R F After landing
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
Note: ACW BTC must be checked closed in order to avoid the loss of ACW
bus on ground.
COMMENTS
- Expect NP blocked at 102.5% (overspeed stop)
- Do not set PLs below FI before nose wheel is on ground.
- Reverse is not available because the secondary low pitch stop retraction solenoïd is
disabled which forbids the blades to go below the low pitch protection.
- When the PEC is deenergized a NP cancel signal is sent to the EEC to cancel the EEC
NP governing mode (that controls the NP speed at 850 rpm) on ground.
- ACW may be lost if NP drops below 65.5% on the affected engine.
- CL is set to OVRD to minimize NP transient when PEC is switched OFF/RESET.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 19 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
LO PITCH IN FLIGHT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Low pitch detection in flight - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG LO PITCH amber
message on EWD
- associed amber LO PITCH
flag on EWD
PROCEDURE
LO PITCH IN FLIGHT
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02 page 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
COMMENTS
- If a low pitch is detected, pitch increases and returns to values which do not generate
alert. If failure still persists, pitch will decrease again which causes a cycling situation.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 20 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
PROCEDURE
R J If All (TQ, NH, and/or ITT) below limit or if conditions do not permit
Note: BLEED VALVE may be selected OFF in order to reduce ITT on the affected
engine.
COMMENTS
- Red limits must not be deliberately exceeded.
- Check indication to determine limit exceedance and proceed accordingly.
- Over limit conditions and primary engine(s) parameters must be recorded for
maintenance purposes.
- If conditions do not permit engine shut down, land as soon as possible using the
minimum power required to sustain safe flight.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 21 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
PROP 1(2) OVER LIMIT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Propoller speed in red range - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG 1(2) PROP LIM amber
message on EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Red limits must not be deliberately exceeded.
- Transients in amber sector are normal during engine acceleration.
- Check indication to determine limit exceedance and proceed accordingly.
- Over limit conditions and primary engine(s) parameters must be recorded for
maintenance purposes.
- If conditions do not permit engine shut down, land as soon as possible using the
minimum power required to sustain safe flight. Nevertheless NP 106% is allowed to
complete a flight
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 22 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP BELOW 45_
_C
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Engine oil temp below 45_C - MC light flashing amber SC
- ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP L
amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 23 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP OVHT
ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP HIGH
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Engine oil temp between - MC light flashing amber SC
125_C and 140_C - ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP H amber
message on EWD
Engine oil temp above - MW light flashing red SC
140_C - ENG 1(2) OIL OVHT amber
message on EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Normal steady oil temperature is in the range 71/99_C.
- Increased power setting may reduce the OIL TEMP due to the increase of fuel flow
across the fuel/oil heat exchanger.
- If an OIL TEMP rise occurs in steady state condition a failure of the oil cooler flap may be
suspected, if no other engine malfunction is noted. In this case reducing power may
limit temperature excursion.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 24 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Oil pressure drops below 40 - MW light flashing red CRC
PSI - ENG 1(2) OIL PRESS red
message on EWD
- LO PR flag in MFD system page
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
Refer to 2.05.02 page 26.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 25 001
POWER PLANT FEB 12
AA
ENG OIL LO PR (CONT’D)
COMMENTS
- Engine oil low pressure is identified thanks to two low pressure detectors:
R - the first one driving LO PR red flag on engine secondary page MFD.
- the second one is the source of oil pressure indication on engine secondary page MFD.
Low pressure condition from any of these two detectors will trigger FWS alert
(MW+CRC+ENG 1(2) OIL on EWD)
- If LO PR flag only is activated, alert must be disregarded, oil press local alert indication
press indication (in red range) must be constantly monitored during flight.
- If Local alert only is activated (press indication in red range) provided LO PR flag on
MFD is checked operative, twin engine operation should be resumed.
- NP > 10% after a shut off procedure may indicate an incomplete feathering. In this case,
the approach speed is increased to compensate the extra drag of the incompletely
feathered propeller.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.02
P 26 100
POWER PLANT NOV 14
AA
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- ENG BOOST FUNCTION FAULT illuminate whenever an engine rating is not in
accordance with ENG BOOST FUNCTION TOOGLE SWITCH position.
- ENG BOOST FUNCTION rating is only available when ON light is illuminated
- If one EEC Off, ENG BOOST FUNCTION ON operations remain available, and ENG
BOOST FONCTION FAULT lights will be illuminated.
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Fuel is heated through a FUEL/OIL heat exchanger. Increasing fuel flow may reduce fuel
temperature.
- Rapide throttle movement with high temperature fuel may cause surge or flame out.
- In case of too low temperature, anti icing additive is needed to prevent ice formation in
the fuel supply system. Record it in the maintenance book.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.03
P2 001
FUEL FEB 12
AA
FUEL CLOG
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Pressure of the switch fuel - MC light flashing amber SC
pump outlet filter is greater - ENG FUEL CLOG amber message
than 25 PSI. on EWD
- CLOG flag on MFD system page
PROCEDURE
FUEL CLOG
R J If FUEL CLOG engines 1 + 2
ENGINES PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J If abnormal engines parameters
LAND ASAP
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
J If FUEL CLOG one engine only
R ENGINE PARAMETERS affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.03
P3 001
FUEL FEB 12
AA
R FUEL FEED LO PR
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Engine feed low pressure - MC light flashing amber SC
- FUEL FEED LO PR amber
message on EWD
- FEED LO PR amber light on
overhead panel.
PROCEDURE
R FUEL FEED LO PR
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
R ENGINE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR FOR POSSIBLE RUN DOWN
J If engine runs down or if fuel quantity decreases significantly
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FUEL PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02 page 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION : Do not open X FEED valve.
COMMENTS
- The illumination of FEED LO PR light associated with PUMP RUN light identifies a
LEAK in the fuel line which may lead to engine rundown.
- If engine runs down or if fuel quantity decreases significantly, affected line must be
isolated by selecting the pump OFF and by closing the fuel shut-- off valve.
- If PUMP RUN does not illuminate, pump system may be defective and a X FEED
attempt may be performed in order to restore engine supply. Max fuel unbalance has to
be considered.
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.03
P4 001
FUEL FEB 12
AA
FUEL LO LVL
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Fuel quantity indication - MC light flashing amber SC
below 160 kg / 352 lb - FUEL LO LVL amber message on
- or - EWD
Feeder tank not full - Feeder tank in amber with fuel
quantity in amber on MFD (level
between 160kg and 50kg) or in
red reverse video (level below
50kg)
PROCEDURE
FUEL LO LVL
AVOID EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDES
J If Fuel low level both tanks
LAND ASAP
J If Fuel low level one tank only
J If leak suspected
FUEL LEAK procedure (2.05.03 page 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no leak suspected
J If fuel tank quantity < 160 kg / 352 lb
R FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If fuel tank quantityI ≥ 160 kg / 352 lb,
FUEL COMSUMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R FUEL X FEED is not necessary
Note: Feeder jet pump malfunction is suspected
COMMENTS
- After fuel pump is selected ON, feeder tank is full within 10 minutes.
- The LO LVL alert for each side will be triggered by :
. the fuel remaining indicated on FQI, when it is less than 160 kg / 352 lb.
. the secondary low level detection system, when feeder tank is not completely full.
- In case of feeder jet pump malfunction, fuel quantity unusable in each fuel tank is raised
from 20 kg / 44 lb to 130 kg / 287 lb.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.03
P5 001
FUEL FEB 12
AA
FUEL LEAK
ALERT
PROCEDURE
FUEL LEAK
F When a leak is confirmed
LAND ASAP
J If leak from engine (excessive fuel flow or feed spray from engine)
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FUEL PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure (2.05.02 page 1) . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If excessive fuel flow was identified before engine shutdown
R FUEL X FEED valve can be opened
J In all other cases, FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed
R J If leak not located
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN CLOSED
Note : The FUEL X feed must remain closed to prevent the leak affecting both
sides.
F Before landing
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.03
P6 001
FUEL FEB 12
AA
FUEL MISMATCH
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
the difference between fuel - MC light flashing amber SC
quantity computed by FMS - FUEL MISMATCH amber message
and the fuel quantities on EWD
processed by the FCU is
greater than 200kg during
more than 10s (on ground)
or 60s (in flight).
PROCEDURE
FUEL MISMATCH
J If leak suspected
FUEL LEAK procedure (2.05.03 page 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R J If normal fuel condition
R FOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPDATE IN CRZ PITCH RANGE
R Note : CRZ PITCH RANGE : 3_DN ; 5 _UP
Mod 5848
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.03
P7 001
FUEL FEB 12
AA
FUEL UNBALANCED
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
discrepancy greater than - MC light flashing amber SC
100 Kg between the left - FUEL UNBALANCED amber
and right tanks fuel message on EWD
quantities.
PROCEDURE
FUEL UNBALANCED
Mod : 5848
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P1 100
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
DC BUS 1 OFF
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
DC BUS 1 not - MC light flashing amber SC
R supplied (short - ELEC DC BUS 1 amber message and ELEC DC
circuit GEN amber message on EWD
R protection)
- DC GEN 1 FAULT, DC BUS 1 OFF, AC BUS 1 OFF, INV
1 FAULT and DC SVCE/UTLY BUS SHED amber
lights on overhead panel
- DC GEN 1 FAULT, DC BUS (1) OFF, DC BUS 1 OFF,
INV 1 FAULT and DC SVCE/UTLY BUS SHED amber
message on AC/DC SD page
PROCEDURE
DC BUS 1 OFF
DC GEN 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS SHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN ON
R ADC CAPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IAS / BARO ALT
Affected equipment fault Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DC BUS 1 EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
DC BUS 1 LOST EQUIPMENT LIST
Flight controls Ice & rain protection
- CAPT STICK SHAKER & PUSHER - CAPT STATIC PROBES
Indicating/recording - STBY STATIC PROBES
- DU1 & DU3 - CAPT SIDE WINDOW
Engines Air
- IDLE GATE (AUTO mode) - ENG1 & 2 - BLEED LEAK CAUTION
- ENG 1 oil press / temp - DUCT/COMPT Cockpit and cabin
Navigation and Communications temperature indication
- Weather Radar - Automatic Pressure CTL
- TAWS advisory - RECIRC FAN 1
- DME Lights
Note : if two DME are installed, DME remains - CABIN - LAT LT (LEFT)
operational - CAPT NORM LT (DOME, MIP, CHARTHOLDER,
* - HF 1 STORM)
*-- SELCAL - ANN LT TEST
*-- OBSVR AUDIO SYS - LMU - PED & LT
Information systems
*-- EFB1 PWR
(*) if installed
COMMENTS
- DC SVCE/UTLY BUS pushbutton may be maintained ON with SHED illuminated in order to
keep DC UTLY BUS 2 on line.
- Stick pusher is lost.
AC BUS 1 OFF
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
AC BUS not - MC light flashing amber SC
R supplied (short - ELEC AC BUS 1 amber message on EWD
circuit protection) - associated INV FAULT and BUS OFF
amber lights on overhead panel
- associated INV FAULT and BUS OFF
amber message on AC/DC SD page
R PROCEDURE
AC BUS 1 OFF
Note : Wait for 10 seconds in order to confirm the failure.
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL THEN ON
J IF AC BUS 1 OFF persists
AC BUS 1 EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
AC BUS 1 LOST EQUIPMENT LIST
115 AC BUS 1 26 AC BUS 1
- RAD ALT / GPWS / TCAS
- ENG 1 & 2-- BLEED LEAK
DETECTION
For more information on BUS EQUIPMENT LISTS see 1.06.60
PROCEDURE
DC BUS 2 OFF
DC GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
F/O SWITCHING ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWITCH TO SYS 1
ICP F/O LOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE ICP CAPT
VHF 1 / XPDR 1 / VOR-- ILS 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
PAX INSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
DC SVCE / UTLY BUS PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN ON
DC BUS 2 EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Affected equipment fault Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
FAfter touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
FAt Parking
Connect GPU before CL1 set to FUEL SO
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P3 100
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
R AC BUS 2 OFF
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
AC BUS not - MC light flashing amber SC
R supplied (short - ELEC AC BUS 2 amber message on EWD
circuit protection) - associated INV FAULT and BUS OFF
amber lights on overhead panel
- associated INV FAULT and BUS OFF
amber message on AC/DC SD page
PROCEDURE
R AC BUS 2 OFF
Note : Wait for 10 seconds in order to confirm the failure.
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL THEN ON
R J If AC BUS 2 OFF persists
CABIN TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
AC BUS 2 EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
(*) If installed
COMMENTS
- The DC BTC pushbutton controls also the AC BTR. The reset of this pushbutton may
help to recover the affected AC BUS.
- In case of inverter failure, the AC BUS OFF light illuminates during 10 seconds through
the BTR temporizing, then extinguishes. The AC BUS is then available. An AC BUS
failure is effective as soon as the light stays on after 10 seconds.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P6 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
ACW TOTAL LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
ACW total loss - MC light flashing amber SC
- ELEC ACW 1+2 amber message on EWD
- both ACW GEN FAULT and ACW BUS
OFF amber message on HYD/ACW SD
page
PROCEDURE
R ACW TOTAL LOSS
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
PERIODICALLY COMPARE IAS & ALT on PFDs WITH IESI
Note : IESI probes are de-- iced by AC STBY BUS. IESI becomes the
reference instrument.
ACW TOTAL LOSS EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Affected equipment fault Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
HYD MAIN PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG GEAR NORMAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
Note : Refer to Part 4 to determine LDG DIST
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
HYD BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure (2.05.07 page 1) . . . . . . . APPLY
FLAPS 30_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
F After touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P7 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
ACW TOTAL LOSS
COMMENTS
- IESI speed tape will be used as a reference as both sides pitot heating is lost.
- The HYD DC AUX PUMP allows flaps extension, maintains the nosewheel steering
and powers the emergency brake accumulator.
- If a go around has to be performed :
. landing gear will not retract
. flaps will retract with a lower speed than normal normal due to DC AUX PUMP size.
- Landing distance is multiplied by 1.5 due to loss of normal braking.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P8 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
DC ESS BUS OFF
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
DC ESS BUT not - MC light flashing amber SC
supplied - ELEC DC ESS amber message on EWD
- DC ESS OFF message on AC/DC SD
page
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- For DC ESS BUS OFF LOST EQUIPMENT LIST refer to 1.06.60 pages 9 and 10.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P9 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
DC EMER BUS OFF
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
DC EMER BUS no - MC light flashing amber SC
longer supplied - ELEC DC EMER amber message on EWD
- EMER BUSS OFF message on AC/DC SD page
PROCEDURE
R DC EMER BUS OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If DC EMER BUS recovered
CAUTION: DO NOT RESTORE HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN ON
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
J If DC EMER BUS FAULT persists
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
VHF 2 / XPDR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
DESCENT TOWARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL 100 / MEA
STBY PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE AS RQD
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE
CAUTION: Minimize flight time to reduce time without engine fire detection
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
DC EMER BUS OFF EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Affected equipment fault Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If ice accretion
DE-- ICING AIRFRAME FAULT procedure (2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-- ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
DE-- ICING MODE SEL FAULT procedure(2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI-- ICING PROP FAULT procedure(2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI-- ICING HORNS FAULT procedure(2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Before landing
ANTI-- SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
N/W STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-- SKID FAULT procedure (2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
COMMENTS
- For DC EMER BUS OFF LOST EQUIPMENT LIST refer to 1.06.60 pages 7 and 8.
- ACW powered blue hydraulic pump is lost. HYD X FEED must be selected to open
position to pressurize blue hydraulic circuit.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 10 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
DC GEN FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
One DC generation - MC light flashing amber SC
channel inoperative - ELEC DC GEN amber message on EWD
- associated DC GEN FAULT amber light
on overhead panel
- associated DC GEN FAULT message on
AC/DC SD page.
PROCEDURE
DC GEN FAULT
DC GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If OAT exceeds ISA + 25
FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 MAX
R F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
F At parking
J If DC GEN 2 FAULT
Connect GPU before CL1 set to FUEL SO
COMMENTS
- If OAT exceeds ISA+25, the maximum allowed flight level is FL 200 due to ventilation
problem of the remaining DC generator.
INV 1(2) FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Under/Over voltage - MC light flashing amber SC
at INV output - ELEC INV 1(2) amber message on EWD
- associated INV FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
- INV 1(2) FAULT message on AC/DC SD
page
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- After 10 seconds following INV FAULT, the AC BTC is automatically closed causing
affected AC BUS and AC STBY BUS to be supplied from the remaining inverter.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 11 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
ACW GEN FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
One ACW - MC light flashing amber SC
generation channel - ELEC ACW GEN 1 (2) amber message
inoperative on EWD
- associated ACW GEN FAULT amber
light on overhead panel
- ACW GEN 1 (2) FAULT message on
HYD/ACW SD page
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- For DC SVCE/UTLY BUS SHED LOST EQUIPMENT LIST refer to 1.06.60 pages 12
to 14.
- It is crew decision to select DC SVCE/UTLY BUS pushbutton OFF or not. In case this
pushbutton is selected OFF, it will :
. confirm automatic shedding of affected DC UTLY BUS
. shut off the non affected DC UTLY BUS and the DC SVCE BUS
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 12 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
R MAIN ( OR EMER) BAT CHG FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Incipient battery - MC light flashing amber SC
thermal runaway or - ELEC BAT CHG amber message on
charge contactor EWD
failure - associated CHG FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
- associated CHG FAULT message on
AC/DC SD page
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 13 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- This case should only occur following a MFC software failure.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 14 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
BAT DISCHARGE IN FLIGHT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Battery(ies) - MC light flashing amber SC
discharge in flight - ELEC BAT DISCH amber message on
(but DC main EWD
sources available) - Left and/or Right amber arrow(s)
illuminated on overhead panel
- MAIN (EMER) BAT amber message on
AC/DC SD page
PROCEDURE
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 15 100
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
AC STBY BUS FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
TBD - MC light flashing amber SC
- ELEC AC STBY amber message on
EWD
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 17 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
STBY BUS AND BAT ONLY LOST EQUIPMENT LISTS
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.04
P 18 001
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
STBY BUSSES AND BAT ONLY LOST EQUIPMENT LISTS (CONT’D)
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.05
P1 001
HYDRAULIC FEB 12
AA
HYD BLUE (GREEN) LO LVL
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Tank compartment - MC light flashing amber SC
fluid quantity - HYD BLUE LO LVL (HYD GREEN LOLV)
below 2,5 l (0,67 US amber message on EWD + on ACW HYD
gal) SD page amber LO LVL display
- associated LO LVL amber light and LO PR
amber Iight on MAIN PUMP pushbutton,
on overhead panel
PROCEDURE
R HYD BLUE (GREEN) LO LVL
J If blue system affected
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FFor approach
REDUCED PLAPS LANDING procedure(2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FAfter touch down
USE NORMAL BRAKE FOR STEERING
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
J If green system affected
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
HYD GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
Note : Refer to Part 4 to determine landing distance
F Before landing
LDG GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure(2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.05
P 1A 001
HYDRAULIC FEB 12
AA
HYD BLUE LO LVL/HYD GREEN LO LVL
COMMENTS
- In case of LO LVL, X FEED remains closed and X FEED valve operation is automatically
inhibited.
- For emergency/parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at least six applications of
braking force at full braking pressure.
- If green system affected, landing distance is increased due to loss of normal braking. If
a go around has to be performed, landing gear will not retract.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.05
P2 001
HYDRAULIC FEB 12
AA
BOTH MAIN HYD PUMPS LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Loss of hydraulic - MC light flashing amber SC
pump information - HYD PUMPS LOSS amber message on
EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- For emergency/parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at least six applications of
braking force at full braking pressure.
- Landing distance is increased due to loss of normal braking. If a go around has to be
performed, landing gear will not retract.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.05
P3 001
HYDRAULIC FEB 12
AA
BOTH HYD SYS LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Loss of hydraulic - MC light flashing amber SC
system information - HYD SYS LOSS amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- The landing distance is increased due to loss of flaps and normal braking.
- For emergency/parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at least six applications of
braking force at full braking pressure.
- If a go around has to be performed, landing gear will not retract.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.05
P4 001
HYDRAULIC FEB 12
AA
HYD BLUE (GREEN) LO PR / HYD BLUE (GREEN) OVHT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Pump delivery - MC light flashing amber SC
pressure below 1500 - HYD BLUE (GREEN) (AUX) LO PR amber
PSI (103.5 bar) message on EWD
- associated pump LO PR amber light on
overhead panel and amber indication on
ACW/HYD SD page
Pump case drain - MC light flashing amber SC
line temperature - HYD BLUE (GREEN) (AUX) OVHT amber
above 121_C message on EWD
- associated OVHT amber light on overhead
panel and amber indication on ACW/HYD
SD page
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Failed system users are supplied by the non affected pump when opening the cross
feed.
- In case of overheat, an attempt to restore the system may be performed after OVHT
alert has extinguished.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P1 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
FLAPS UNLK
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Flaps untimely - MW light flashing red CRC
retraction of more - FLAPS UNLK red message on EWD
than 3_ when flaps
extended
PROCEDURE
FLAPS UNLK
J If before V1
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT
J If after V1
R VR, V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED BUGS AUTOMATICALLY INCREASED
R J If FLAPS UNLK during approach
GO AROUND procedure (2.03.20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R VGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmin OPS
F When possible
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0_
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure (2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P2 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
FLAPS JAM / UNCOUPLED / ASYM
ALERT
FLAPS UNCOUPLED : No specific alert.
FLAPS ASYM / JAM :
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Flaps asymmetry of - MC light flashing amber SC
more than 6.7_ - FLAPS ASYM amber message on EWD
during flaps
actuation
Flaps have not - MC light flashing amber SC
reached the selected - FLT CTL amber messsage on EWD
position after 30s. - FLAPS JAM amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P3 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- GPWS must be selected GPWS OVRD / FLAP OVRD to prevent nuisance alerts on
final approach.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P4 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Stick pusher / - MC light flashing amber SC
shaker fault - FLT CTL PUSHER amber message on
EWD
- FAULT amber light in STICK PUSHER
pushbutton
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- The minimum maneuvering speeds are increased by 10 kt in order to increase stall
margin.
- If ALPHA probes are not heated, ice accretion may modify alpha probes indication. If
angle of attack information offsets 4_, STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT light
illuminates. When living icing conditions, as soon as alpha probes are cleared of ice,
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER may be recovered by selecting it ON.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P5 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
PITCH TRIM ASYM
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Pitch tabs - MC light flashing amber SC
desynchronisation - PITCH TRIM ASYM amber message on
EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- When a PITCH TRIM ASYM alert is generated, AP automatically disconnects and
cannot be reengaged. However, it is recommended to manually confirm AP
disconnection.
- Don’t use the trims anymore and apply PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE procedure.
COMMENTS
- Maintain existing configuration and speed as long as possible to avoid high forces on
the columns.
- The landing distance is increased due to landing speed increase.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P6 001
FLIGHT CONTROL APR 11
AA
DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / RUDDER RELEASABLE CENTERING UNIT FAIL
ALERT
DUTCH ROLL TENDANCY: no specific alert
RUDDER RELEASABLE CENTERING UNIT FAIL
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
releasable - MW light flashing amber SC
centering unit - FLT CTL RUD RCU amber message on
clutch energized EWD
more than 60s with
Y/D off
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P7 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
PITCH DISCONNECT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Pitch coupling - MW light flashing red CRC
mechanism - PITCH DISC red message on EWD
disconnected
PROCEDURE
PITCH DISCONNECT
R
FREE COLUMN(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FREE CONTROL COLUMN SIDE
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
BANK ANGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30_ MAX UNTL FLAPS EXTENSION
R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS MINI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmin OPS + 10 KT
JIf one elevator is stuck to full down position
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 KT
EXTEND FLAPS IF NECESSARY
JIf elevator jamming occurs at take off
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 KT
MAINTAIN FLAPS IF NECESSARY
JIf other cases
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (≥4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
R IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmin OPS + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
F For landing
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE SMOOTHLY TO FLARE
R Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
Note : Refer to Part 4 to determine LDG DATA
F When on ground
PITCH RECONNECTION ON GROUND procedure (2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . APPLY
COMMENTS
- As both elevator channels are disconnected, pitch control efficiency is reduced.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P8 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
PITCH RECONNECTION ON GROUND
This procedure may be applied on ground after a PITCH DISCONNECT.
PROCEDURE
PITCH RECONNECT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Pitch recoupling - MW light flashing red CRC
system actived - PITCH RECONNCT red message on EWD
PROCEDURE
PITCH RECONNECT
NO CREW ACTION
R MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P9 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
TLU FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Both ADC are lost, or - MC light flashing amber SC
disagree between actual and - FLT CTL TLU amber message on
theoretical TLU position, or EWD
TLU synchro position failure - TLU FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
TLU FAULT
J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost
J If IAS above 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J If IAS below 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
J If at least one ADC operates
J If IAS above 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J If TLU FAULT alarm persists
SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
J If IAS below 185 kt
SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
R J If TLU LO SPEED message missing
R IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmin OPS + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
Note : Maximum demonstrated crosswind (dry runway) with TLU HI SPD mode : 15 kt.
COMMENTS
- If both ADC are lost, TLU automatic functioning is lost. TLU must be set manually
according to IAS read on the STBY ASI.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P 10 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
AIL LOCK LIT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Disagree between aileron - MC light flashing amber SC
locking actuators and gust - AIL LOCK LIT amber message on
lock control (temporized EWD
alert 8 seconds)
Aileron locking actuators not - MW light flashing red CRC
fully retracted and PL on TO - CONFIG red message on EWD
position, or - AIL LOCK LIT amber message on
Disagree between aileron EWD
locking actuators and gust
lock control during the TO
CONFIG test
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- A malfunction of an aileron locking actuators is pointed out according two levels of
protection:
. an amber alarm, before take off, with a 8 seconds temporization
. a red alarm if either TO CONFIG test is performed or both PL are on TO position
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P 11 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
ELEV JAM
ALERT
There is no indication of an elevator jam other than an inability to operate the control
column.
PROCEDURE
ELEVATOR JAM
R
CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNCOUPLE
FREE COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS MINI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmini OPS + 10 KT
J If one elevator is stuck to full down position
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 KT
EXTEND FLAPS IF NECESSARY
J If elevator jamming occurs at take off
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 KT
MAINTAIN FLAPS IF NECESSARY
J If other cases
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT
PITCH DISCONNECT procedure (2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
COMMENTS
- Both pilots accomplish a firm action on their own column IN THE WAY REQUIRED BY
THE JAMMING CONDITION.
One of the two channels must yield; force required 52 daN (115 lb).
- If uncoupling is unsuccessful, when trajectory under control and above safety altitude,
apply opposite efforts on both control columns.
- Stick pusher acts on left hand elevator. If left hand control column is jammed, stick
pusher must be considered inoperative.
- The maximum speed authorized if elevator jamming occurs at take off is linked to the
elevator take off position.
- If right hand control column is jammed, AutoPilot is no more available.
- After uncoupling, only one pilot has control and actuates one elevator only.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P 12 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
AILERON JAM / SPOILER JAM
ALERT
There is no indication of an aileron jam other than an inability to operate the control wheel
laterally.
Spoiler jam may be detected when a SPLR light is illuminated on the overhead panel with
control wheel at neutral position.
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Bank angle is limited to 25_ due to reduced roll control efficiency.
- Blue pump and AUX pump are selected OFF in order to decrease drag from associated
extended spoiler. These pumps are selected ON again when necessary then selected
OFF. They must be reselected ON immediately after touch down in order to recover
nose wheel steering.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.06
P 13 001
FLIGHT CONTROL FEB 12
AA
RUDDER JAM
ALERT
There is no indication of a rudder jam other than an inability to operate the rudder pedals.
PROCEDURE
RUDDER JAM
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (≥4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
R
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
R LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAPS 30_
USE DIFFERENTIAL POWER TO MINIMIZE SIDESLIP
R Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
F At touch down
NOSE DOWN BEFORE REDUCTION BELOW FI
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P1 001
LANDING GEAR FEB 12
AA
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Although gravity extension is possible up to VLO, it is recommended to perform it at a
lower speed compatible with flight conditions.
- Pulling the handle mechanically releases the up locks. Pushing the handle back resets
the uplocking system.
TRAINING
- After gravity extension for training purposes, reset the emergency extension handle
before normal retraction. If handle is maintained pulled, hydraulic configuration will
inhibit gear retraction.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P2 001
LANDING GEAR FEB 12
AA
LANDING WITH ABNORMAL LDG GEAR
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P3 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
LANDING WITH ABNORMAL LDG GEAR (CONT’D)
COMMENTS
- The procedure is intended for use when one or more landing gear fail to extend and/or
lockdown following the application of either normal or gravity extension procedure.
It is considered preferable to use all available gear locked down rather than carry out a
belly landing. Under these circumstances, a hard surface runway landing is to be
recommended.
Full advantage should be taken from foam spread on the runway.
- Notify ATC of the nature of emergency encountered and state intentions.
- Notify the cabin crew of the nature of emergency encountered and state intentions.
Specify the available time.
- GPWS is selected OFF to avoid nuisance warnings.
- Burn fuel off down to the minimum possible impact weight. This reduces VAPP and as a
consequence the load factor for impact and the energy which must be dissipated.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P4 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
LDG GEAR UNSAFE INDICATION
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Any gear not seen - MW light flashing red CRC
down locked, and - LDG GEAR NOT DN red message on which may not be
Flaps 30, and EWD silenced by
ZRA < 500 ft - Red light in landing gear lever depressing MW PB
- Any green ∇ light not illuminated on
either panel
Any gear not seen CRC
down locked, and which may be
At least one PL at silenced by
FI, and depressing MW PB
ZRA < 500 ft
Note : The second condition is inhibited during 150 seconds after the retraction of at least
one landing gear leg, to cover the case of the one engine go around.
Note : In both cases, ZRA condition is inhibited in case of radio altimeter failure.
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P5 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
LDG GEAR UNSAFE INDICATION (CONT’D)
COMMENTS
Landing gear selected DOWN
- If all green lights are illuminted on one panel, the unsafe indication is false.
- If overhead panel (detection system 2) gives false indication, use of emergency audio
cancel will be requested to cancel aural warning CRC as soon as flaps will be selected
30.
- If one gear remains unlocked, perform turns to increase load factor and perform
alternating side slips in an attempt to lock the gear.
Landing gear selected UP
- If light illuminated on one indicator but indications are normal on the other panel, the
unsafe indication is false.
- Flight with landing gear extended has a significant effect on fuel consumption and
climb gradient : see 3.11 - SPECIAL OPERATIONS.
- Landing gear down selection may be delayed if peformance requires.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P6 001
LANDING GEAR FEB 12
AA
LDG GEAR RETRACTION IMPOSSIBLE
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.07
P7 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
ANTI- SKID FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Anti-- skid channel - MC light flashing amber SC
loss (power loss or - WHEELS A--SKID amber message on
loss of transducer or EWD
valve continuity)
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- landing distance is increased due to reduced braking efficiency.
PROCEDURE
M
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P1 001
AIR APR 11
AA
BLEED VALVE 1 (2) FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Bleed valve position - MC light flashing amber SC
in disagree with - AIR BLEED 1(2) amber message on
command EWD + air bleed amber indication on
Air Cabin SD page
- Associated BLEED and PACK FAULT
amber lights on overhead panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Following the detection of a FAULT, the affected BLEED VALVE will close automatically
and the associated PACK VALVE will close due to lack of air supply. The associated
actions confirm automatic operation and extinguish related alerts, allowing flight to be
continued with one pack supplied.
- Pack should be confirmed closed first due to PACK FAULT inhibition (as soon as
BLEED is selected OFF, PACK FAULT light extinguishes).
- A failure of Handling Bleed Valve combined with BLEED OFF operation may lead to
engine stall. Engine stall may be prevented through slow power levers movements,
especially when advancing the power levers.
- An engine stall is indicated by one or a series of mild surges. These will normally stop
without crew action, however a slight power reduction, if appropriate, will restore
normal operation.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P2 001
AIR APR 11
AA
BLEED 1(2) OVHT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Overheat in bleed - MC light flashing amber SC
duct : - AIR BLEED1(2) OVHT amber
T duct > 274_C / message on EWD + amber Bleed
525_F indication on Air Cabin SD page
- Associated OVHT, BLEED and PACK
FAULT amber lights on overhead
panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Following the detection of an overheat, the affected BLEED VALVE will close
automatically and the associated PACK VALVE will close due to lack of air supply. The
associated actions confirm automatic operation and extinguish related alerts,
allowing flight to be continued with one pack supplied.
- Pack should be confirmed closed first due to PACK FAULT inhibition (as soon as
BLEED is selected OFF, PACK FAULT light extinguishes).
- System may be restored in flight after OVHT alert has extinguished.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P3 100
AIR FEB 12
AA
BLEED 1(2) LEAK
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Bleed leak detected as long as - MC light flashing amber SC
R bleed air distribution duct work - AIR BLEED 1(2) LEAK amber
1(2) side message on EWD
- Associated LEAK, BLEED and
PACK FAULT amber lights on
overhead panel
- Amber bleed and pack valve
associated with the amber label
LEAK, on the Cabin SD page
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Following the detection of a leak, the affected BLEED VALVE will close automatically
and the associated PACK VALVE will close due to lack of air supply. The associated
actions confirm automatic operation and extinguish related alerts, allowing flight to be
continued with one pack supplied.
- Pack should be confirmed closed first due to PACK FAULT inhibition (as soon as
BLEED is selected OFF, PACK FAULT light extinguishes).
- System must not be restored in flight because it may create hazards.
COMMENTS
- If both bleeds are available, no special procedure has to be applied. In case of bleed
failure, associated pack must be selected OFF.
COMMENTS
- If both bleeds are available, no special procedure has to be applied. In case of bleed
failure, associated pack must be selected OFF.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P5 001
AIR FEB 12
AA
BOTH PACK VALVES FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Pack valve position disagrees - MC light flashing amber SC
with command or overheat - AIR PACK 1+2 amber message on
downstream of the compressor EWD
(T > 204_C / 393_F) - Associated PACK FAULT amber
light on overhead panel
- Both amber Pack valves, on the
Cabin SD page.
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- No air is entering in the cabin. Leaks will increase cabin altitude.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P6 100
AIR FEB 12
AA
DUCT OVHT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Overheat in the duct (T duct - MC light flashing amber SC
R > 92_C / 200_F) - AIR DUCT 1(2) OVHT amber message
on EWD + amber DUCT OVHT on Air
Cabin SD page.
- associated TEMP SEL OVHT amber light
on overhead panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- The OVHT alert light will remain as long as overtemperature is detected in the duct. It is
not inhibited when in MAN mode.
- When alert disappears, controlling COMPT TEMP manually is required.
- If alert does not disappear, the temperature control valve is jammed open. Pack valve
has to be closed.
R CABIN ALTITUDE
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Cabin altitude > 7175 ft - MC light flashing amber SC
- CAB ALT amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
CABIN ALTITUDE
CABIN ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
COMMENTS
- Check first for pressurization system fault. If system fault, apply appropriate procedure
(manual regulation). If no abnormal indication, start descent.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P8 001
AIR FEB 12
AA
AUTO PRESS FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Air auto press amber light on - MC light flashing amber SC
EWD - FAULT amber light on MAN
pushbutton
- AUTO PRESS displayed amber on
the cabin SD page
PROCEDURE
R F Before descent
R J If CAB ALT above landing elevation
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE 400 FT/MN DN
R J If CAB ALT below landing elevation
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE 1000 FT/MN UP MAX
R F When CAB ALT = landing elevation
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
COMMENTS
No comment.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P9 100
AIR FEB 12
AA
CAB ∆P
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Cabin ∆P> 6.25 PSI - MC light flashing amber SC
Cabin ∆P< - 0.3 PSI - CAB ∆P amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
CABIN ∆P
CABIN ∆P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
EXCESS CAB ∆P
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Differential pressure exceeds - MW light flashing red CRC
6.35 PSI - EXCESS CAB ∆P red message on
EWD
- The ∆P value is displayed white on
red bacckground on the Cabin SD
page.
- DIFF PRESS local IND exceeds
6.6 PSI
PROCEDURE
EXCESS CAB ∆P
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
R J If Excess cab ∆P persists
R DESCENT TO A COMPATIBLE FL / MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P 12 001
AIR FEB 12
AA
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Underspeed or overheat of - MC light flashing amber SC
extract fan (T > 90_C / 194_F) - AIR VENT EXH amber message
on EWD
- Exhaust vent is displayed amber on
the Cabin SD page.
- EXHAUST MODE FAULT amber
light on overhead panel
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.08
P 13 001
AIR FEB 12
AA
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P1 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
R AIRFRAME AIR BLEED FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Low pressure in the - MC light flashing amber SC
de-- icing common air - A--ICING BLEED amber message on
manifold (P < 14 PSI ) EWD
- AFR AIR BLEED FAULT amber light
- or - on overhead panel
Overtemperature (T >
230_C) upstream the
pressure regulating
valve
PROCEDURE
R AIRFRAME AIR BLEED FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R J If DE- ICING ENG FAULT light illuminate after 6 s
DE-- ICING ENG affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AFR AIR BLEED light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISH
J If DE- ICING ENG FAULT light does not illuminate on any side
DE-- ICING AIR FRAME FAULT procedure (2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P2 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
R DE- ICING AIRFRAME FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Distribution valve output - MC light flashing amber SC
controlled open but no - A--ICING FRAME amber message
downstream pressure detected on EWD
- or - - AIRFRAME is displayed amber on
Distribution valve output Memo Panel
controlled closed but - Associated FAULT amber light on
downstream pressure detected overhead panel
PROCEDURE
R DE- ICING AIRFRAME FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
R
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmin OPS + 10 KT
V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
DE-- ICING AIR FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If in icing conditions
LDG DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
Note : Refer to Part 4 to determine SPEEDS and LDG DIST
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (≥4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P3 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
DE- ICING MODE SEL FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Improper De-- Icing cycles - MC light flashing amber SC
schedule - A--ICING SEL amber message on
EWD
- DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT
amber light on overhead panel
- AIRFRAME and ENG 1 and 2 are
displayed amber on Memo Panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- The OVRD mode allows to operate engines and airframe dual distribution valves in
case of engine boots primary control failure.
- DE-- ICING MODE SEL OVRD must be used if there is evidence of boots cycling
malfunctionning even if DE-- ICING MODE SEL FAULT is not illuminated.
- When DE-- ICING MODE SEL is selected to OVRD, ENG and AIR FRAME FAULT lights
are inhibited and boots cycling operated only according to FAST mode.
- In case of DE-- /ANTI-- ICING ENG FAULT and after a prolonged flight with considerable
accretion, it is possible that when setting the DE-- ICING MODE SEL to OVRD, the
engine may ingest the build up ice and a flame out could occur. As the functionning of
this device is sequential (i.e. the two engines are not concerned at the same time), it is
suggested to release the DE-- ICING MODE SEL pushbutton before the same
phenomenon occurs on the second engine.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P4 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
R DE- \ ANTI- ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1B or 2B and/or ADC - MC light flashing amber SC
failure - A--ICING AUTO amber message
- or - on EWD
Discrepancy between outputs - FAULT amber light on overhead
panel
PROCEDURE
R DE- \ ANTI- ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT
R DE-- \ ANTI-- ICING MODE SEL AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
DE-- ICING and ANTI-- ICING MANUAL MODE PBs
R ACCORDING TO CURRENT SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
COMMENTS
- In case of FAULT or discrepancy between ADCs information and until pitlot’s action:
. High speed boots activation is selected (airframe + engines)
. High power cycle (20/60) is selected (propellers)
- OVRD gaurded pushbutton has to be used in case of cycle anomaly, indicated by its
own FAULT light.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P5 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
DE- /ANTI- ICING ENG 1(2) FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Distribution valve output - MC light flashing amber SC
controlled open but no - ANTI ICING ENG 1(2) amber
downstream pressure detected message on EWD
- or - - Associated FAULT amber light on
Distribution valve output overhead panel
controlled closed but
downstream pressure detected
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- Very large ice accretion on the engine air intake may generate an engine flame out
when the ice breaks free.
- Several cases of MFC failure may generate an engine DE-- ICING FAULT alert prior
DE-- ICING MODE SEL FAULT. Engine DE-- ICING may be recovered when selecting
DE-- ICING MODE SEL OVRD.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P6 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
ANTI- ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
One or more blade heating units - MC light flashing amber SC
inoperative - A--ICING PROP 1(2) amber
message on EWD + amber
indication PROP 1 (2) on Memo
display.
- Associated FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- If propeller unbalance due to ice becomes significant periodically moving both CL to
100% OVRD will modify centrifugal forces allowing ice elimination.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P7 001
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
COMMENTS
- One unit controls rudder and left elevator horns when the other controls ailerons and
right elevator horns.
- Checking of flight controls will prevent ice accretion between flight controls and related
fixed parts of aircraft structure which could generate flight control jamming.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P8 001
DE/ANTI ICE APR 11
AA
SIDE WINDOW / WINDSHIELD HTG FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Loss of side window heating - MC light flashing amber SC
- A--ICING WINDOWS amber
message on EWD
- SIDE WINDOWS is displayed
amber on Memo Panel
- Associated FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
Loss of windshield heating - MC light flashing amber SC
- A--ICING L(R) WSHLD amber
message on EWD
- Associated FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.09
P9 100
DE/ANTI ICE FEB 12
AA
COMMENTS
- Erroneous indications may be displayed on associated equipment (CM1, CM2 or IESI,
TAT/SAT) due to loss of probe heating.
PROCEDURE
AILERON MISTRIM
or EXCESSIVE LATERAL TRIM REQUIRED
or ABNORMAL FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS
R FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R Note : FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE AILERON TRIMS.
R Note : The autopilot may be reengaged after adjustment of the aileron trims.
COMMENTS
- Ailerons forces may be affected by external conditions such as
. prolonged exposure to severe icing
. de-- /anti-- icing hold over time exceeded
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.10
P2 001
AUTOPILOT FEB 12
AA
PITCH MISTRIM
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
When the pitch servo motor - MC light flashing amber SC
reaches a second torque value - PITCH MISTRIM amber message
threshold on EWD + PITCH MISTRIM
amber message on FMA
PROCEDURE
PITCH MISTRIM
R FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R Note : FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE PITCH TRIM.
R Note : AP may be reengaged after adjustment of the pitch trims.
COMMENTS
- Elevator hinge moment may be affected by external conditions.
- From experience, the most likeky cause appears to be take off with ice remaining on the
tail plane (de-- /anti-- icing hold overtime exceeded).
Severe icing may also be a factor.
RUDDER MISTRIM
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
When the rudder servo motor - MC light flashing amber SC
reaches a second torque value - RUDDER MISTRIM amber
threshold message on EWD + RUDDER
MISTRIM amber message on
FMA
PROCEDURE
RUDDER MISTRIM
R FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R Note : FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE RUDDER TRIM
R Note : AP & YD may be reengaged after adjustment of the rudder trims.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.10
P3 100
AUTOPILOT FEB 12
AA
PITCH TRIM FAIL
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Displayed when the AFCS is not - MC light flashing amber SC
able to command the pitch trim - AP PITCH TRIM amber message
and the AP is engaged on EWD + AP PITCH TRIM FAIL
amber message on FMA
PROCEDURE
AP YAW TRIM FAIL
R AP PITCH TRIM FAIL
R FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST
R FLY MANUALLY
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Yaw trim fail - MC light flashing amber SC
- AP YAW TRIM amber message on
EWD
PROCEDURE
R YAW AUTOTRIM FAIL
F When RETRIM message on FMA
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note : FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE RUDDER TRIM
Note : YD & AP may be reengaged after adjustment of the rudder trim.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P1 001
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
AUDIO SEL FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
RCAU processing - MC light flashing amber SC
board failure or - AUDIO SEL CAPT (F/0) amber
power loss message on EWD
- AUDIO SEL FAULT amber light on
associated side panel
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- In ALTN mode, affected crew station is connected directly and only to :
. VHF 1 if CM1 station is affected
. VHF 2 if CM2 station is affected
R RMS 1 + 2 FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Both RMS fail - MC light flashing amber SC
- RMS 1+2 amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
R RMS 1 + 2 FAULT
VHF1-- VOR / ILS1 TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IESI
R Note : Loss of XPDR/TCAS TUNING.
R Note : Last tuned freq saved : VHF 2, VOR 2, DME 1 + 2, ADF 1+ 2
R Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
COMMENTS
- Only VHF1 and V/ILS can be tuned via IESI (frequencies and CRS for VOR).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P2 001
AVIONICS NOV 14
AA
ONE AHRS FAIL
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
- MC light flashing amber
Loss of one AHRS SC
- AHRS amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- AP (if engaged) disconects, can be reengaged once the valid AHRS selected.
AHRS 1 + 2 LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
- MC light flashing amber
Loss of both AHRS SC
- AHRS 1+ 2 amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
AHRS 1+ 2 LOSS
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
IESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
STBY COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STABILIZE SPEED AND LEVEL
R VISUAL FLYING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN IF POSSIBLE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
FMS PROG PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
Note : PFD ATT and HDG are lost. ILS deviations and ADF BRG are valid
R Note : Terrain picture display is available.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P3 001
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
AHRS NOT ALIGN
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
AHRS not aligned - MC light flashing amber SC
- AHRS NOT ALIGN amber message on
EWD
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P4 001
AVIONICS NOV 14
AA
ADC FAIL
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
- MC light flashing amber
One ADC fail SC
- ADC amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
ADC FAIL
R AFFECTED ADC switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERANATE SYS
PF MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
J If ADC 1 lost
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE
COMMENTS
R - AP (if engaged) disconnects, can be reengaged once the valid ADC is selected.
ADC 1 + 2 LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
- MC light flashing amber
Loss of both ADC SC
- ADC 1 + 2 amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
ADC 1+2 LOSS
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
IESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure(2.05.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPY
ENGINE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
TCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
TLU FAULT procedure(2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P5 001
AVIONICS APR 11
AA
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P6 001
AVIONICS NOV 14
AA
ATTITUDE DISAGREE
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
PROCEDURE
ATTITUDE DISAGREE
BOTH PFD - IESI ATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED AHRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
R AFFECTED ATT HDG switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
FD MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P7 001
AVIONICS NOV 14
AA
HEADING DISAGREE
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
HEADING DISAGREE
WHEN WINGS LEVELED:
HDG / TK / STBY-- COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED AHRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
R AFFECTED ATT HDG switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
FD MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
ALTITUDE DISAGREE
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
- MC light flashing amber
Altitude disagree - ALT DISAGREE amber message on SC
EWD + amber CHECK ALT on PFDs
PROCEDURE
ALTITUDE DISAGREE
BOTH PFD IESI ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
AFFECTED ADC switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
FD MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
PROCEDURE
IAS DISAGREE
BOTH PFD IESI IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
R AFFECTED ADC switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
FD MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
PROCEDURE
VHF 1 + 2 LOSS
XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMIT CODE 7600
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P9 100
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
DU DISCREPANCY
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
DU with corrupted - MC light flashing amber SC
R parameters - DUs DISCREPANCY amber message
on EWD
PROCEDURE
R DU DISCREPANCY
DU FORMAT SHOWS CORRUPTED PARAMETERS
EACH DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
F After DU RESET
J If DU DISCREPANCY between PFD and IESI
AFFECTED DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If DU DISCREPANCY disappears
RESUME NORMAL OPERATIONS
PROCEDURE
R ONE DU TEMP HI
R MFC 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
PROCEDURE
R SEVERAL DUs TEMP HI
MFC 2 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If alert persists after 15 mn
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
J In case of one DU loss
LAND ASAP
Note : Several DU may be lost
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
R FWS 1 + 2 LOSS
R J If FPLN NOT AVAILABLE on ND
AVNX SWITCH 1+ 2 LOSS procedure(2.05.12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If FPLN available on ND
J If TRIM indication not available on EWD
AVNX CPM 1+ 2 LOSS procedure(2.05.12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If TRIM indication available on EWD
CABIN PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
ENGINE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LOST EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Note: In case of caution or warning monitor local alerts.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P 13 001
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
AVNX SWITCH 1+2 LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
AVNX switch are lost - The message is displayed on a blank SC
black page on the Procedure Window
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P 14 100
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
AVNX CPM 1 LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
CPM 1 fail - MC light flashing amber SC
- AVNX CPM 1 amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P 16 001
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
AVNX CPM 1+2 LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
CPM 1+2 fail - MC light flashing amber SC
- CPM 1+2 amber message on EWD
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
HI and LO SPEED protection indication is lost.
Ice detector is lost.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.12
P 17 100
AVIONICS FEB 12
AA
AVNX IOM 12 LOSS
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
IOM 12 fail - MC light flashing amber
R - AVNX IOM 12 amber message on EWD SC
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
R J At touch down
CAUTION : DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 1
R
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
If AUTO PRESS MODE is lost, CAB ALT + CAB∆P + CAB VS indicating are lost, descend
to FL 100 / MEA. Select MAN MODE. MAN PRESS KNOB select 11 O’CLOCK
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
Ice detection is lost.
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
If AUTO PRESS MODE is lost, CAB ALT + CAB∆P + CAB VS indicating are lost, descend
to FL 100 / MEA. Select MAN MODE. MAN PRESS KNOB select 11 O’CLOCK
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.13
P2 100
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
AA
PROCEDURE
COMMENTS
- As the doors (except FWD COMPT) open outwards, when one is not locked, the ∆P
must be reduced by aircraft descent and landing elevation selection.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.13
P4 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
AA
OXYGEN LO PR
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
Low pressure (below - MC light flashing amber SC
50 PSI) in the LP - OXY amber message on EWD
distribution circuit - MAIN SUPPLY LO PR amber light on
overhead panel
- Associated LO PR amber indication on
SD cabin page.
PROCEDURE
OXYGEN LO PR
OXY MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF THEN ON
R J If OXYGEN LO PR light remains illuminated
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OXYGEN PORTABLE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALL IN COCKPIT AS RQD
COMMENTS
- The 120 l portable oxygen bottle permits a continuous diluted flow to one crew member
at 13 000 ft for a duration of 30 mn.
Oxygen low pressure supply valve position may disagree with actual oxygen MAIN
SUPPLY pushbutton position if this pushbutton is activated by very close consecutive
actions.
Interval between OFF and ON actions on oxygen MAIN SUPPLY must be greater than
one second to be sure that low pressure supply valve position is in accordance with
actual pushbutton position.
- This bottle can be placed in the cockpit.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.13
P5 001
MISCELLANEOUS FEB 12
AA
VOLCANISH ASH ENCOUNTER
PROCEDURE
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P1 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1A FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1A FAULT - MC light flashing amber SC
- MFC 1A amber message on EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 1A FAULT
MODULE 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1A FAULT persists
MODULE 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
JIf in flight
MFC 1A MODULE LOST EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
COMMENTS
- As HP valve 1 is lost, air is bled only from the LP stage. Applicable pack performance is
affected at low engine power.
- Landing gear primary RED UNLK indications are lost.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P2 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1B FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1B FAULT - MC light flashing amber SC
- MFC 1B amber message on EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 1B FAULT
MODULE 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1B Fault persists
MODULE 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
F Immediately after take off
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN FOR COOLING FOR 1 MINUTE
EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
F During flight
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
MFC 1B MODULE LOST EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F After runway vacated
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, PACKS 1 and 2 must be selected OFF and
cockpit communication hatch must be open.
COMMENTS
- As WOW signal is lost, OVBD valve must be selected FULL OPEN manually on ground
to improve racks cooling.
- Hot brakes indication is lost; LDG GEAR must remain down during 1 minute after take
off for cooling.
- Ground turbofan 1 being lost, PACK 1 must be switched OFF on ground to avoid any
overheat problem.
- ENG 1 OIL LO PRESS light remains ON when engine 1 is shut down.
- After landing, as outflow valves do not fully open, selecting OVBD valve FULL OPEN
relieves the ∆P between cabin and outside.
- On ground, pressurization digital controller test capability is lost.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P3 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 2A FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 2A FAULT - MC light flashing amber SC
- MFC 2A amber message on EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 2A FAULT
MODULE 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 2A Fault persists
MODULE 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
MFC 2A MODULE LOST EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
COMMENTS
- EXHAUST MODE to OVBD position controls the OVBD valve to partially open:
ventilation air is then discharged overboard instead of being directed to the underfloor
valve. Ventilation is ensured by ∆P between cabin and outside.
- As WOW signal is lost, OVBD valve must be selected FULL OPEN manually on ground
to improve racks cooling.
- IDLE GATE FAIL amber alert is lost.
- As HP valve 2 is lost, air is bled only from the LP stage. Pack 2 performance is affected
at low engine power.
- Right hand side window anti-- icing is lost.
- As extract fan is lost, avoid leaving avionics selected ON on ground for a long period of
time with high OAT.
- Landing gear secondary green arrows and RED UNLK indications are lost.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P4 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 2B FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 2B FAULT - MC light flashing amber SC
- MFC 2B amber message on EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 2B FAULT
MODULE 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R J If MFC 2B Fault persists
MODULE 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIIf in flight
MONITOR IEP
F Immediately after take off
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN FOR COOLING FOR 1 MINUTE
EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
R F During flight
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
MFC 2B MODULE LOST EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F After runway vacated
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, PACKS 1 and 2 must be selected OFF and
cockpit communication hatch must be open.
COMMENTS
- As WOW signal is lost, OVBD valve must be selected FULL OPEN manually on ground
to improve racks cooling.
- Hot brakes indication is lost; LDG GEAR must remain down during 1 minute after take
off for cooling.
- Ground turbofan 2 being lost, PACK 2 must be switched OFF on ground to avoid any
overheat problem.
- ENG 2 OIL LO PRESS light remains ON when engine 2 is shut down.
- Landing gear secondary green arrows and RED UNLK indications are lost.
- After landing, selecting the OVBD valve fully open relieves the ∆P between cabin and
outside.
- Right hand side window anti-- icing is lost without FAULT indication.
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P5 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1A + 1B FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1A + 1B - MC light flashing amber SC
FAULT - MFC 1A + 1B amber message on EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 1A + 1B FAULT
MODULES 1A + 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1A+1B Fault persists
MODULES 1A + 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
ANTI-- ICING PROP 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R ANTI-- ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure (2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-- ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R BLEED VALVE 1(2) FAULT procedure (2.05.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MFC 1A + 1B MODULES LOST EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IF NECESSARY
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, PACKS 1 and 2 must be selected OFF and
cockpit communication hatch must be open.
COMMENTS
- Landing gear primary green arrows and RED UNLK indications are lost.
- PACK 1, BLEED 1, left hand side window anti-- icing and stick pusher are lost without
FAULT indications.
- AC BUS 1 is lost leading to loss of trim indication, GPWS and weather radar.
- ATPCS must be selected OFF before landing due to loss of autofeather on engine 1.
Check go around performances ATPCS OFF.
See also COMMENTS for MFC 1A FAULT (2.05.14 page 1) and for MFC 1B FAULT
(2.05.14 page 2).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P6 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1A + 2A FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1A + 2A - MC light flashing amber SC
FAULT - MFC 1A + 2A amber message on
EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 1A + 2A FAULT
MODULES 1A + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1A+2A Fault persists
MODULE 1A + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MFC 1A + 2A MODULES EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Note : Airframe FAULT amber alert is lost.
Note : When airframe de-- icing is used, monitor boots inflation.
Note : As AP OFF alert is lost, use of AP below 1000 ft AGL is prohibited.
F Before landing
R LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure(2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
COMMENTS
- AC BUS 1 + 2 are lost leading to loss of trim indication, GPWS and weather radar.
- DC BUS 1 + 2 OFF warnings on overhead panel are lost.
- Mechanical, crew and hostess call are lost.
- Stick pusher FAULT indication is lost but stick pusher is still available.
See also COMMENTS for MFC 1A FAULT (2.05.14 page 1) and for MFC 2A FAULT
(2.05.14 page 3).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P7 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1A + 2B FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1A + 2B - MC light flashing amber SC
FAULT - MFC 1A + 2B amber message on
EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 1A + 2B FAULT
MODULES 1A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1A + 2B Fault persists
MODULES 1A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
DE-- ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
MFC 1A + 2B MODULE EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
Note : AP does not disconnect after STBY PITCH TRIM activation.
F Before landing
Note : Flaps control is lost.
R REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure (2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure(2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After runway vacated
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
R Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
CAUTION : Before opening any door, PACKS 1 and 2 must be selected OFF and
cockpit communication hatch must be open.
COMMENTS
- Selecting de-- icing mode to OVRD position allows to recover all pneumatic de-- icers
operations.
- Main blue HYD pump control is lost as well as flaps control. Selecting HYD X FEED
open allows to recover blue HYD pressure but flaps control remains lost
See also COMMENTS for MFC 1A FAULT (2.05.14 page 1) and for MFC 2B FAULT
(2.05.14 page 4).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P8 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1B + 2A FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1B + 2A FAULT - MC light flashing amber SC
- MFC 1B + 2A amber message on
EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
MFC 1B + 2A FAULT
MODULES 1B + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1B + 2A Fault persists
MODULES 1B + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
DE-- ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
MFC 1B + 2A MODULE EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R F Before landing
Note : Flaps control is lost.
R REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure (2.05.06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure (2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . DOWN
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R F After runway vacated
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
Note: ILS CAT 2 IS PROHIBITED
CAUTION : Before opening any door, PACKS 1 and 2 must be selected OFF and
cockpit communication hatch must be open.
COMMENTS
- Selecting de-- icing mode to OVRD position allows to recover all pneumatic de-- icers
operations.
- DC BUS 2 OFF warning on overhead panel is lost.
- Hostess and crew indications calls are lost.
- Hot brakes indicating system test is lost.
- Landing gear controls, secondary RED UNLK and green arrows indications are lost.
See also COMMENTS for MFC 1B FAULT (2.05.14 page 2) and for MFC 2A FAULT
(2.05.14 page 3).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P9 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 2A + 2B FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 2A + 2B - MC light flashing amber SC
FAULT - MFC 2A + 2B amber message on
EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
(refer to page 10)
.../...
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P 10 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 2A + 2B FAULT
PROCEDURE
MFC 2A + 2B FAULT
MODULES 2A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 2A + 2B fault persists
MODULES 2A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MONITOR IEP
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
R ANTI-- ICING PROP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-- ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure (2.05.09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-- ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE 1(2) FAULT procedure (2.05.08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
MFC 2A + 2B MODULES EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F Before landing
R ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IF NECESSARY
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
Note : Refer to Part 4 to determine landing distance
F At touch down
R IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, PACKS 1 and 2 must be selected OFF and
cockpit communication hatch must be open.
COMMENTS
- STICK PUSHER, PACK 2, BLEED 2 are lost without FAULT indications.
- ATPCS must be selected OFF before landing due to loss of autofeather on engine 1.
Check go around performances ATPCS OFF.
- Hostess and crew indications calls are lost.
See also COMMENTS for MFC 2A FAULT (2.05.14 page 3) and for MFC 2B FAULT
(2.05.14 page 4).
Mod 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P 11 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1B + 2B FAULT
ALERT
CONDITION VISUAL AURAL
MFC 1B + 2B - MC light flashing amber SC
FAULT - MFC 1B+ 2B amber message on EWD
- Associated MFC FAULT amber light on
overhead panel
PROCEDURE
(refer to page 12)
.../...
Mod : 5948
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE 2.05.14
P 12 001
MFC FEB 12
AA
MFC 1B + 2B FAULT
PROCEDURE
MFC 1B + 2B FAULT
MODULES 1B + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R JIf MFC 1B + 2B Fault persists
MODULES 1B + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION : FWS DEGRADED, MONITOR OVERHEAD PANEL
JIf before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
JIf in flight
MONITOR IEP
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
MFC 1B + 2B MODULES EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F Before landing
R NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure (2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI-- SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-- SKID FAULT procedure (2.05.07) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
F After runway vacated
PACK 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
ANTI-- ICING HORNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROBES HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
LOADING - FUEL - BALANCE CHART 2.06.02
P1 001
CARGO LANDING DEC 13
AA
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
LOADING - FUEL - BALANCE CHART 2.06.03
P2 001
FUEL LOADING DEC 13
AA
REFUELING PROCEDURE
- Observe the safety precautions and make certain that the tanker and the aircraft are
properly grounded.
. Note : Refueling when right engine is running in Hotel mode is prohibited.
- Press FQI TEST pb and check :
S High Level + Valve Open lights ON.
S Fuel QTY + selected QTY displays ON.
AUTOMATIC REFUELING
- Check REFUEL VALVES switches are at NORM position and guarded.
- Set the preselected total fuel quantity on the SELECTED QTY ind.
- Place Mode selector switch in REFUEL position.
- Start refueling.
MANUAL REFUELING
- Raise REFUEL VALVES switch gards and place all switches in SHUT position.
- Place Mode selector switch in REFUEL position.
- Place appropriate REFUEL VALVES switch in OPEN position.
- Start refueling.
- Monitor individual tank content on FUEL Qty indicator and select appropriate tank
REFUEL VALVE switch to SHUT as tank content reaches required fuel quantity.
R Note : 1. Total time to fill out wing tanks is approximately 18 minutes.
2. As tanks become full, fuel flow will be stopped by high level sensors and
appropriate tank HIGH LEVEL light will illuminate.
Mod : 5948
LOADING - FUEL - BALANCE CHART 2.06.03
P3 001
FUEL LOADING FEB 12
AA
GRAVITY FILLING
- Position access platform to access the overwing refueling caps and attach refueling
R hose grounding cable to the grounding connection near overwing refueling cap.
R Remove overwing refueling cap.
- Start filling, monitor quantity of fuel delivered on FQI and observe the HIGH LEVEL
indicator lights on refueling panel ; stop filling when required fuel level is reached or
when HIGH LEVEL indicator lights(s) comes on.
- one in the inner part of the wing (between the engine and the fuselage).
- one in the outer part of the wing.
S Read and note aircraft roll attitude on clinometer in the hydraulic bay (LH landing
gear fairing).
Aircraft bank angle is positive for wing up, negative for wing down.
Note : Pitch attitude must be between - 3° degrees and + 1° degree. In this range
pitch has no influence.
S Position access platform.
S Unlock indicator rod with screwdriver and slowly withdraw rod until magnetic attraction
between rod and float magnets is felt.
S Check rod freedom by pushing up both rod and float magnet.
S Slowly withdraw rod down to floating level.
S Note the graduation on rod which aligns with wing bottom surface.
S Replace indicator and lock with screwdriver.
- If both gauges indications don’t indicate extremum values (0 or 30 for inner gauge,
0 or 19 for outer gauge, disregard clinometer indication. Fuel quantity is determined
thanks to internal and external indicator reading.
Note : Clinometer indication is disregraded for accuracy purposes.
- If one gauge indicates an extremum value (0 or 30 for inner gauge, 0 or 19 for outer
gauge, disregard this extremum value, use clinometer indication and the other gauge
value.
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod : 5948
APR 11
Mod : 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
APR 11
Mod 5948
LOADING - FUEL - BALANCE CHART 2.06.04
P4 001
WEIGHT AND BALANCE APR 11
MOD 5948